Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaged Foods / Associated British Foods

Associated British Foods

abf · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker abf
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Associated British Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A JOURNEY  
THROUGH OUR 
BUSINESS

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

DOWNLOAD THE APP  
AND HOVER YOUR MOBILE  
DEVICE OVER THE PAGES  
TO PLAY EACH FILM.
To download go to www.layar.com/download

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

T
h
e
y
e
a
r
’
s
h
g
h

i

l
i

g
h
t
s

CONTENTS

THE YEAR’S HIGHLIGHTS

Directors’ report 
Business review 
IFC  The year’s highlights
1    Who we are
2    Overview
12   Our group at a glance
14  Chairman’s statement
16  Operating review
30   Financial review
Governance 
32   Corporate responsibility 
36   Board of directors 
38   Corporate governance
52   Remuneration report 
59   Other disclosures 
62    Statement of directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the annual report and the  
financial statements 

63    Independent auditors’ report 

Financial statements 
64    Consolidated income statement 
65    Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
66    Consolidated balance sheet
67    Consolidated cash flow statement 
68    Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity 

69    Significant accounting policies 
74  Accounting estimates and judgements
75    Notes forming part of the financial 

statements 

111   Company financial statements 
116  Progress report

Shareholder information
116  Company directory 

Group revenue

£12.3bn 
Up 11%

Adjusted operating profit*

£1,077m 
Up 17%

Adjusted profit before tax**

Adjusted earnings per share**

£974m 
Up 17%

87.2p 
Up 18%

Dividends per share

Net capital investment

28.5p 
Up 15%

Net debt

£1,061m

Profit before tax

£761m 
Level

£707m

Operating profit

£873m 
Up 4%

Basic earnings per share

70.3p 
Up 2%

(cid:116)(cid:1)A very good set of results 

(cid:116)(cid:1)Major restructurings undertaken

(cid:116)(cid:1)Banner year for AB Sugar

(cid:116)(cid:1)Primark accelerates

(cid:116)(cid:1)Further growth from Twinings Ovaltine

(cid:116)(cid:1)Difficult year for meat business in Australia and in yeast

(cid:116)(cid:1)Strong group cash flow 

* 

 before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets 
and exceptional items.

**  before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets, 

profits less losses on the sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items.

  All adjustments to profit measures are shown on the face of the consolidated income statement.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WHO WE ARE

1

ASSOCIATED BRITISH FOODS IS A DIVERSIFIED 
INTERNATIONAL FOOD, INGREDIENTS AND RETAIL 
GROUP WITH SALES OF £12.3BN, AND 106,000 
EMPLOYEES IN 47 COUNTRIES.

WE AIM TO ACHIEVE STRONG, SUSTAINABLE 
LEADERSHIP POSITIONS IN MARKETS THAT OFFER 
POTENTIAL FOR PROFITABLE GROWTH, AND 
DELIVER QUALITY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT 
ARE CENTRAL TO PEOPLE’S LIVES.

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012

EXPERIENCE OUR STORY IN 
FULL HIGH-DEFINITION FILM. 

DOWNLOAD THE LAYAR APP 
AND HOVER YOUR MOBILE 
DEVICE OVER THE FOLLOWING 
PAGES TO PLAY EACH FILM.

1

2

3

4

Download the free Layar app for your mobile  
device from www.layar.com/download.

Look for pages with the interactive icon.

Open the Layar app, hold your device above  
the page and tap to scan it.

The video will launch and play on your device.

2

GO TO PAGE 17 FOR MORE INFORMATION 

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/SUGAR 

SUGAR

REVENUE: £2,666M (2011, £2,134M)

THE LARGEST BEET 
PROCESSING FACTORY  
IN THE WORLD

RECORD CROP YIELDS  
IN THE UK

Over 3 million tonnes of sugar beet are processed 
each year at the Wissington factory.

Excellent growing conditions and sustained 
improvement in seed varieties and agronomy 
delivered record yields this year.

3

THE BEST ENERGY 
PERFORMANCE

Over 50 megawatts can be exported by the 
Wissington factory to the local electricity grid – 
enough to meet the needs of 120,000 people.

4

GO TO PAGE 20 FOR MORE INFORMATION 

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/AGRICULTURE 

AGRICULTURE

REVENUE: £1,265M (2011, £1,127M)

ONE OF THE LARGEST 
ANIMAL FEED SUPPLIERS  
IN THE UK
AB Agri is also fast expanding its global 
operations to become a major international  
agri business.

ADDING VALUE RIGHT 
ACROSS THE AGRI FOOD 
CHAIN
AB Agri’s unique breadth and experience enables 
it to add value and drive profit for businesses all 
along the food, drink and biofuel supply chain.

5

WELL VERSED IN GETTING 
MORE FROM LESS

Our mission is to help global agriculture 
businesses develop by supplying leading-edge, 
technology-based products and services.

6

GO TO PAGE 22 FOR MORE INFORMATION 

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/RETAIL 

RETAIL

REVENUE: £3,503M (2011, £3,043M)

NEW STORES THAT DO 
JUSTICE TO THE PRIMARK 
BRAND
Our new store design aims to provide an 
inspirational, exciting, fashionable and fun 
shopping experience for all customers.

EMBRACING INNOVATIVE 
WAYS OF MERCHANDISING

Strategically placed mannequins combine  
with video screens to inspire customers to  
choose outfits that are readily available on 
adjacent fixtures.

7

A GROWING 
INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE

Primark has 47 stores in continental Europe with 
plans for further expansion.

8

GO TO PAGE 25 FOR MORE INFORMATION 

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/GROCERY 

GROCERY

REVENUE: £3,726M (2011, £3,671M)

BRANDS THAT CUSTOMERS 
LOVE, ACROSS THE GLOBE

Twinings Ovaltine sells its premium tea and 
malted beverages in more than 100 countries.

ENCOURAGING HEALTHIER 
HABITS TO BECOME 
THE NORM
Kingsmill 50/50 is made with 50% white flour  
and 50% wholemeal flour to provide more fibre  
in people’s diets.

9

MAKING SUSTAINABILITY 
CENTRAL TO OUR 
STRATEGY

Jordans Ryvita changed its crispbread production 
process, saving 60,000 litres of water a year.

10

GO TO PAGE 28 FOR MORE INFORMATION 

ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/INGREDIENTS 

INGREDIENTS

REVENUE: £1,092M (2011, £1,090M)

SHARING IDEAS AND BEST 
PRACTICE RIGHT ACROSS 
THE GROUP
Our Innovation Centre in the Netherlands 
supports the bakery ingredients business around 
the world.

LISTENING TO OUR 
CUSTOMERS ACROSS  
THE GLOBE

Products and solutions are tailored to meet our 
customers’ requirements wherever they operate.

11

MAKING FOOD TASTIER 
AND LAST LONGER

Enzymes ensure that bread stays fresh  
longer and yeast extracts are used as natural 
flavour enhancers.

12

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
u
r
g
r
o
u
p
a
t
a
g
l
a
n
c
e

OUR GROUP AT A GLANCE

THE GROUP OPERATES THROUGH FIVE STRATEGIC BUSINESS 
SEGMENTS: SUGAR; AGRICULTURE; RETAIL; GROCERY AND 
INGREDIENTS.

ABF ONLINE: A NEW 
CORPORATE WEBSITE  
AND ONLINE PRESENCE

HAVE YOU SEEN OUR NEW PLC WEBSITE YET?  
GO ONLINE AT: ABF.CO.UK
VIEW A RICHER, MORE INTERACTIVE REPORT  
THERE TOO: ABF.CO.UK/AR2012

SUGAR
22%

of total revenue

Revenue 
£2,666m (2011, £2,134m)

Adjusted operating profit 
£510m (2011, £315m)

AGRICULTURE
 10%

of total revenue

Revenue 
£1,265m (2011, £1,127m)

Adjusted operating profit 
£40m (2011, £40m)

Adjusted operating profit margin 
19.1% (2011, 14.8%)

Adjusted operating profit margin 
3.2% (2011, 3.5%)

Return on average capital employed 
26.5% (2011, 17.3%) 

Return on average capital employed 
16.5% (2011, 19.0%) 

Sugar, Europe 
Our UK beet sugar factories produce  
over one million tonnes of sugar annually. 
Azucarera in Spain produces over 400,000 
tonnes of beet sugar each year and has  
a cane refining capacity of a further 
400,000 tonnes.

Sugar, China 
We operate five cane sugar mills in Guangxi 
Province and seven beet sugar factories in 
the north east of the country. Continuous 
investment has raised annual sugar capacity 
to 850,000 tonnes.

Sugar, Southern Africa 
Illovo is Africa’s largest sugar producer with 
agricultural and production facilities in six 
countries. Annual sugar production is  
1.8 million tonnes.

AB Agri operates at the heart of the 
agricultural industry with activities that 
stretch from field to fork. Its unique breadth 
and experience enable it to add value all 
along the food, drink and biofuel industry 
supply chains. 

AB Agri supplies products and services  
to farmers, feed and food manufacturers, 
processors and retailers. It also buys grain 
from farmers and supplies crop inputs 
through its joint venture arable operation, 
Frontier Agriculture.

We employ over 2,000 people in the  
UK and China and market products in  
55 countries worldwide.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
u
r
g
r
o
u
p
a
t
a
g
l
a
n
c
e

 RETAIL
 29%

of total revenue

 GROCERY
30%

of total revenue

Revenue 
£3,503m (2011, £3,043m)

Adjusted operating profit 
£356m (2011, £309m)

Revenue 
£3,726m (2011, £3,671m*)

Adjusted operating profit 
£187m (2011, £244m*)

 INGREDIENTS
9%

of total revenue

Revenue 
£1,092m (2011, £1,090m*)

Adjusted operating profit 
£32m (2011, £61m*)

Adjusted operating profit margin 
10.2% (2011, 10.2%)

Adjusted operating profit margin 
5.0% (2011, 6.6%*)

Adjusted operating profit margin 
2.9% (2011, 5.6%*)

Return on average capital employed 
19.2% (2011, 18.2%) 

Return on average capital employed 
12.2% (2011, 17.6%) 

Return on average capital employed 
4.3% (2011, 8.3%) 

Primark 
Primark is a major retail group employing  
43,000 people. It operates stores in the  
UK, Republic of Ireland, Spain, Portugal, 
Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium 
and Austria. 

It offers customers quality, up-to-the- 
minute fashion at value-for-money prices. 

Buying and merchandising teams in Dublin 
(Republic of Ireland) and Reading (UK) travel 
internationally to source and buy fashion 
items that best reflect each season’s key 
fashion trends. Primark’s range includes 
womenswear, lingerie, childrenswear, 
menswear, footwear, accessories, hosiery 
and homeware.

International 
Twinings and Ovaltine are our global hot  
beverage brands.

Europe 
Market leader in UK sugar with Silver Spoon  
and Billington’s. Jordans cereals, Ryvita,  
Kingsmill, Patak’s and Blue Dragon.

The Americas 
Mazola is the leader in corn oil in the US.  
Capullo is a premium canola oil in Mexico.  
Tone’s, Spice Islands and Durkee are US 
herbs and spices brands.

Australia 
Ham, bacon and smallgoods under  
Don and KRC brands. Tip Top Bakeries  
produce a range of well-known breads  
and baked goods.

* Reclassified – see note 1

Yeast and bakery ingredients 
AB Mauri operates globally in yeast and 
bakery ingredient production with 49 plants 
in 26 countries supplying plant and artisanal 
bakers and the foodservice and wholesale 
channels. It is a technology leader in bread 
improvers, dough conditioners and 
bakery mixes.

Speciality ingredients 
ABF Ingredients focuses on high-value  
ingredients for food and non-food 
applications. It manufactures and markets 
enzymes, yeast extracts, speciality proteins 
and lipids worldwide with manufacturing 
facilities in Europe, the US and China.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

BY ANY STANDARDS, AN INCREASE OF  
11% IN REVENUE AND 17% IN ADJUSTED 
OPERATING PROFIT IN THE CURRENT 
CLIMATE IS A FINE PERFORMANCE.

14

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
h
a
i
r

m
a
n
’
s
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Charles Sinclair
Chairman

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

I concluded my statement last year with the 
expectation that we would achieve growth 
in sales and adjusted operating profit this 
year with the latter weighted towards the 
second half. 

I am therefore pleased that we have  
been able to report results throughout the 
course of the year that have met those 
expectations, despite the enduring 
challenges of subdued economic growth 
and continued pressure on consumer 
disposable incomes in the world’s 
developed economies. By any standards,  
an increase of 11% in revenue and 17%  
in adjusted operating profit in the current 
climate is a fine performance. This resulted 
in an 18% increase in adjusted earnings per 
share to 87.2p.

AB Sugar delivered a first-class result, 
exceeding last year’s record profit following 
the investment made in recent years. The 
business benefited from an excellent UK 
campaign, a strong European commercial 
market and better sugar yields across 
southern Africa. Primark’s rate of growth 
increased this year with sales of £3.5bn, 
more than double those of five years ago.  
It was particularly exciting to see new  
store openings in Germany greeted with 
the same degree of customer enthusiasm 
as that experienced in the UK, with Berlin 
setting a new Primark record for sales 
made on the first day of trading. AB Agri 
also had a very good year. In recent years 
this business has evolved successfully from 
selling traditional animal feeds in the UK to 
producing high-value premixes, enzymes 
and technical ingredients and providing 
value-adding advisory and marketing 
services to the global agricultural market. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
h
a
i
r

m
a
n
’
s
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

This year was not without its challenges, 
however, as evidenced by the results of  
our Grocery and Ingredients business 
segments. Although Twinings Ovaltine 
delivered another good result with 
continued growth, particularly in its 
developing markets, a mix of strong 
competition, a continued strain on 
consumer spending and high costs for  
a number of commodities led to lower 
profitability in both of these segments.  
A combination of management action  
to reduce the cost base together with 
increased investment in marketing and new 
product development, enabled most of the 
businesses in these segments to enter the 
new financial year on a sound footing. It 
was, nevertheless, disappointing that earlier  
this year we announced that these actions 
were not sufficient to avoid a non-cash 
impairment of the Don KRC assets in 
Australia. However this business has already 
made substantial operational improvements 
and a recovery plan is in place. It is noteworthy 
that even if adjusted earnings are reduced 
by this exceptional charge they still show  
a 6% increase over last year.

Recent years have seen substantial capital 
investment in the food businesses with a 
number of projects spanning several years. 
These have now largely come to an end  
and our capital expenditure was lower as a 
result. Investment during the year included 
construction of the relocated sugar factory 
at Zhangbei in China and a new yeast plant 
in Mexico. As we continued to pursue  
the big retail expansion opportunity in 
continental Europe, capital expenditure  
on Primark reached £326m last year,  
and we expect a high level of expenditure 
on Primark to continue. 

FOLLOWING LAST 
YEAR’S CASH 
OUTFLOW, THE 
LOWER LEVEL OF 
CAPITAL INVESTMENT 
TOGETHER WITH THE 
HIGHER PROFIT AND 
LOWER WORKING 
CAPITAL RESULTED  
IN A STRONG CASH 
FLOW THIS YEAR.

Following last year’s cash outflow, the 
lower level of capital investment together 
with the higher profit and lower working 
capital resulted in a strong cash flow  
this year. Even taking into account the 
acquisition of Elephant Atta for £34m,  
net debt at the year end was £224m  
lower at £1,061m.

Directors
As announced last November, we 
welcomed Emma Adamo to the board at 
the conclusion of last year’s annual general 
meeting. Emma was educated at Stanford 
University and INSEAD and is a director of 
Wittington Investments Limited.

Employees
The trading environment for many of our 
businesses has been difficult this year and, 
while credit is clearly due to those who 
have made progress, those working in  
the businesses most affected by adverse 
market conditions are, perhaps, all the more 
deserving of our thanks and appreciation  
for their strenuous efforts. On behalf of 
shareholders, I thank all our employees  
for the contribution they have made  
to the group’s success in the past year.

Primark has created 10,000 new jobs 
across the UK and continental Europe  
this year at a time of high unemployment, 
particularly for young people. The average 
number of people employed by the  
group worldwide increased during the  
year to 106,000.

Dividends
I am pleased to report that a final dividend 
of 20.0p is proposed, to be paid on  
11 January 2013 to shareholders on the 
register on 7 December 2012. Together 
with the interim dividend of 8.5p paid on  
6 July 2012, this will make a total of 28.5p 
for the year, an increase of 15%.

Outlook
Global economic uncertainty looks set to 
remain a feature of the new financial year 
and in recent months we have seen an 
increase in some of our commodity costs, 
notably cereals. We expect a reduction in 
profit from AB Sugar, as a result of lower 
EU production, to be more than offset by 
further growth at Primark and some recovery 
in Grocery. We therefore expect the group 
to make some further progress in this new 
financial year but, in contrast to last year, 
this will be weighted towards the first half.

Charles Sinclair 
Chairman

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

OPERATING REVIEW

THESE ARE VERY GOOD RESULTS FOR  
THE GROUP AND INCLUDE EXCEPTIONAL 
PERFORMANCES FROM AB SUGAR AND 
PRIMARK. GLOBAL ECONOMIC UNCERTAINTY 
REMAINS BUT WE HAVE OPPORTUNITIES 
FOR FURTHER INVESTMENT AND THE 
STRENGTH OF THE GROUP BALANCE SHEET 
AND A STRONG CASH FLOW WILL ENABLE 
US TO PURSUE THEM WITH CONFIDENCE.

George Weston
Chief Executive

In 2012 the group’s revenue increased by 
11% to £12.3bn and adjusted operating 
profit was 17% ahead of the previous year 
exceeding the one billion pound mark for 
the first time at £1,077m. 

agreed between the businesses and the 
centre. Business performance is closely 
monitored by the centre and capital is 
allocated to businesses where returns  
meet or exceed clearly defined criteria.

This was an extremely good year but it 
shouldn’t be considered in isolation. The 
compound annual growth of revenue and 
profit achieved over the last 10 years is  
10% and 11% respectively. This long-term 
performance is a direct result of our business 
model. Our businesses are organised so that 
they are close to the markets and customers 
they serve and the corporate centre is 
consequently small. Operational decisions 
are made by the businesses and strategy is 

AB Sugar delivered a further significant 
improvement in profit this year driven by  
its European businesses and Illovo. AB Agri 
matched last year’s record performance. 
Primark delivered excellent growth with a 
substantial increase in retail selling space 
and like-for-like growth at the top of its peer 
group. In Grocery, Twinings Ovaltine, 
Jordans Ryvita and Silver Spoon achieved 
good growth but overall profit was held 
back by restructuring charges taken to 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

lower the cost base, and a difficult trading 
environment for George Weston Foods. 
The further decline in Ingredients’ profit 
was disappointing.

The major investment in our sugar 
businesses in recent years has been an 
important driver of the substantial growth  
in Sugar profits. The acquisition of Azucarera 
in Iberia has proved to be a very sound 
investment and has been a key contributor 
to the increased profitability over the last 
two years. The investment in capacity 
expansion across southern Africa is now 
delivering better returns for Illovo and the 
development of our presence in China,  
in both cane and beet sugar, has built a 
platform for future growth. Our European 
businesses have benefited from firmer 
pricing and higher sugar production this  
year. Although we expect prices in the EU to 
remain firm, profit in the coming year will be 
affected by reduced European production, 
as a consequence of lower yields, and 
higher beet costs for British Sugar.

Primark’s result reflects continued growth  
in the UK, including the opening of a flagship 
store in Edinburgh, and a major step forward 
in continental Europe. Retail selling space  
in Iberia was increased by almost half, our 
presence in Germany was strengthened  
by the opening of four large stores, and  
we continue to develop our regional 
distribution network with the opening of  
the Mönchengladbach distribution centre.  
The excitement that continues to be 
generated by each new store opening and 
the sales densities that we are achieving in 
continental Europe afford us the confidence 
to believe that Primark is capable of much 
further growth.

Once again, Twinings Ovaltine demonstrated 
its ability to generate strong revenue 
growth for both the Twinings and Ovaltine 
brands which resulted in higher profit. 
However, the continued pressure on 
consumer disposable incomes in the 
world’s developed economies created a 
challenging environment for the businesses 
in Grocery. To succeed in this environment 
it is important to be a low-cost supplier  
and the management teams in George 
Weston Foods and Allied Bakeries made 
good progress in reducing their cost base. 
The financial results reflect the cost of this 
management action. It was a difficult year 
for the meat business in Australia but the 
new factory is now operating more 
efficiently and the focus for the coming  
year will be on increasing volumes.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effects of a combination of high input 
costs and increased competition for yeast this 
year contributed to a further decline in margin 
for Ingredients. We are committed to this 
business and have focused our attention on 
the need to develop a more differentiated 
bakery ingredients proposition. We made a 
number of management changes during the 
year, including the appointment of a new chief 
executive, and the strengthened team will 
drive the implementation of the new business 
proposition across the group. 

Net capital investment in the group was 
£707m this year which included a higher 
level of expenditure for Primark on new 
stores, and on the refit and extension of 
existing stores, as we increased the retail 
selling space by 13%. Continental Europe 
accounted for the vast majority of this 
investment but selling space in the UK still 
increased by 5%. We completed construction 
of the Vivergo bioethanol plant in Hull and 
continued the investment in efficient 
production at Allied Bakeries. We made 
good progress with construction of the new 
yeast factory in Mexico and the relocation 
of the Zhangbei sugar factory in China will 
be completed in time for processing the 
new season’s beet later this year. In the 
coming financial year we expect to maintain 
the level of investment in new stores for 
Primark but will see some reduction in the 
level of expenditure in the rest of the group.

Summary
The last financial year presented us with  
a number of challenges, and continued 
weakness in the economies of our developed 
markets suggests that 2013 will also be 
challenging. However, the diversity of the 
group’s operations, our commitment to new 
product development, an exciting new store 
opening programme for Primark, the strength 
of the group balance sheet and a strong cash 
flow give us every reason to believe that  
we can meet the challenges ahead 
with confidence.

George Weston 
Chief Executive

SUGAR

AB SUGAR IS A LEADING MULTINATIONAL  
IN THE GROWING MARKET FOR SUGAR  
AND SUGAR DERIVED PRODUCTS AND  
CO-PRODUCTS. 

17

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

Revenue

£2,666m 
+25%

Adjusted operating profit

£510m 
+62%

Adjusted operating profit margin

19.1% 
2011, 14.8%

Return on average capital 
employed

26.5% 
2011, 17.3%

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

In the EU, Azucarera is the major producer 
in Iberia and British Sugar is the sole 
processor of the UK sugar beet crop and 
Europe’s most efficient producer. Illovo is 
the largest sugar processor in Africa and is 
one of the world’s foremost low-cost 
producers. The group also has substantial 
businesses in China producing cane sugar 
in the south and beet sugar in the north 
east. The group currently operates 34 
plants in ten countries and is capable  
of producing some 5.5 million tonnes of 
sugar and 600 million litres of ethanol each 
year. It also has the capacity to generate 
power sufficient to meet most of its  
internal needs. AB Sugar aims to achieve 
growth through excellence in agriculture 
and operations, the application of new 
technologies for the sustainable processing 
of beet and cane, and the further 
development of co-products. 

AB Sugar made significant advances during 
the year with revenue ahead by 25% and 
profit up 62% reflecting higher sugar 
production and strong commercial markets 
in the EU and Africa, and a continued focus 
on performance improvement in agriculture 
and processing. Profit in China was lower 
as a result of a weakening of sugar prices 
during the year. 

In the UK, profit from British Sugar was well 
ahead of last year reflecting the excellent 
campaign, higher sugar production and 
firmer prices. The absence of the weather-
related challenges of last year resulted in 
the production of 1.3 million tonnes of sugar 
compared with just under 1.0 million tonnes 
in 2011. 2012 marked the centenary of the 
UK beet sugar industry and also saw British 
growers delivering record beet yields. While 
growers benefited from excellent conditions, 
the achievement of record yields for the  
fifth year out of the last seven confirms  
the progress the industry has made in 
harnessing applied science and innovation. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

SUGAR CONTINUED

Investment in processing and a continuing 
programme of business improvement 
enabled a strong factory performance  
in the year. This included the successful 
commissioning of the CO2 liquefaction 
facility at the Wissington sugar factory  
which utilises the CO2 produced during 
fermentation by the existing bioethanol plant. 

Improvements made by Azucarera’s growers 
contributed to record Spanish beet yields. 
Combined with a continued focus on raising 
factory performance and extraction rates, 
this resulted in the northern factories 
producing a total of 388,000 tonnes of sugar 
from beet in the 2011/12 campaign. The 
southern beet campaign, which commenced 
in early June and finished in August, produced 
80,000 tonnes of sugar. The Guadalete 
refinery again increased its output, processing 
303,000 tonnes of cane sugar against last 
year’s 248,000 tonnes. A further 70,000 
tonnes of co-refined cane sugar was 
produced at the three northern factories. 

The advances made in recent years  
by both Azucarera and British Sugar in 
manufacturing productivity and agricultural 
development have made a major contribution 
to their financial performance and 
underscore the importance of continued 
investment in efficiency improvement. 
However, further improvements are required 
if these businesses are to become globally 
competitive and we believe the ending of 
sugar quotas in 2015, as proposed by the 
European Commission, is premature and is 
likely to jeopardise further investment in the 
European industry. AB Sugar is engaged 
with policymakers in the EU to explore 
alternative options for sugar reform. The 
tariffs for sugar imports into the EU are  
not affected by these proposals.

Construction of Vivergo’s bioethanol plant  
in Hull is now complete with production 
coming on stream by the end of this calendar 
year. The plant uses feed wheat and has the 
capacity to produce up to 420 million litres 
of bioethanol and up to 500,000 tonnes of 
high-protein, high-fibre animal feed. 

Illovo made good progress, recovering from 
the impact of low sucrose levels in the cane 
across the region and the severe drought  
in South Africa last year. Sugar production 
increased to 1.8 million tonnes compared to 
1.6 million tonnes last year. The increased 
volumes in South Africa enabled the 
Umzimkulu mill to be reopened in March 
2012 following last season’s closure 

because of a shortfall in cane supplies. In 
Zambia and Swaziland, which have both 
seen recent investment in production and 
agricultural expansion, operations ran close 
to design capacity. Positive market 
conditions, combined with a more 
favourable rand/dollar exchange rate, led to 
higher domestic sugar revenues. However, 
the economic environment in Malawi 
remains challenging and the kwacha was 
devalued on 7 May 2012. Local sugar prices 
were increased as a result of the devaluation 
which, together with higher export earnings, 
more than offset increased operating costs 

in local currency terms. The devaluation had 
no material effect on profit when translated 
into sterling. 

As announced in July, the Mali government 
was unable to fulfil its undertaking to fund 
the agricultural component of a project  
to develop Illovo’s sugar business in  
the country. When combined with the 
deteriorating security situation, the project 
risk was considered to have increased to an 
unsupportable level and the decision was 
taken to terminate further involvement in 
the project. Illovo’s investment in pre-
project expenditure of £15m has been 
written off and charged as a loss on closure 
of businesses in the income statement. 
This charge was largely offset by the 
realisation of deferred profit on the disposal, 
in November 2009, of the group’s former 
Polish sugar operations.

Illovo also markets a number of co-products 
which have become an increasingly 
important contributor to its results. These 
range from food-grade, industrial and 
agricultural products manufactured at the 
Sezela plant and at its ethanol distilleries in 
South Africa, to the export of electricity to 
the Swaziland national grid by the Ubombo 
sugar mill. A potable alcohol distillery at 
Kilombero in Tanzania is currently under 
construction and is due to be 
commissioned in 2013. 

In China, further progress was made in  
the north, both in factory efficiency and  
in beet plantings and yield, with sugar 
production increasing from 210,000 tonnes 
to 287,000 tonnes. Factories concentrated 
on improving manufacturing performance 
through higher energy efficiency and 
extraction rates, and previous investment  
in beet handling drove record throughput  
at the Yi’an factory. Heavy rains in January 
2012 constrained output in south China with 
volumes almost level with last year at 
405,000 tonnes. China’s national 2011/12 
sugar production was 1.0 million tonnes 
higher than last year which, combined  
with lower prices for sugar imports, led  
to weaker domestic selling prices and 
consequently lower operating profit for  
our Chinese operations. Relocation of  
the Zhangbei beet sugar factory is almost 
complete and will be operational in time  
for the new season campaign.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

AB SUGAR: WORKING HARD TO ENSURE CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

Performance improvement is central  
to AB Sugar’s commitment to delivering 
operational excellence through sustainable 
intensification and advanced manufacturing. 
Its performance improvement and people 
development programmes operate across 
all of the business regions. »

Zambia hourly crush rate

2012/13:  
653 tonnes
2011/12:  
645 tonnes
2010/11:  
641 tonnes

These programmes bring together experts from within the businesses  
to exchange and translate technical information into cost advantage  
ensuring the application of best practice and the extension of technical 
knowledge boundaries.

AB Sugar has invested in continuous improvement programmes designed  
to utilise more fully the latest tools and techniques. For example, Illovo has 
initiated a new programme ‘Towards Illovo Best Practice’ which introduces 
standardised management processes that deliver improvement projects 
efficiently and effectively with more predictable and consistent outcomes.  
In British Sugar, a core team provides continuous improvement expertise  
and programme management skills, enabling the business to build capability 
and deliver improvements to both operational and transactional processes.  
A recent success has been the implementation of a revised and streamlined 
financial budgeting process, releasing significant resource back into 
the business.

A key area of focus for all of our sugar businesses is the operation of our 
plants at full capacity. Benchmarking identifies opportunities and group-wide 
technical and logistical knowledge provides solutions. Illovo’s Nakambala site 
in Zambia has benefited from this cross-group expertise, with the operation 
significantly improving its performance following its two-year expansion 
project. By identifying bottlenecks, the team re-engineered the plant and  
is achieving an average hourly crush rate for the 2012/13 season that is  
well above its design capacity.

During the year AB Sugar launched its Sugar Beet Centre of Excellence, 
which aims to increase crop yields by improving agricultural processes, 
harnessing developments in agronomics and crop genetics, and by working 
with growers to apply best practice. The Beet Centre of Excellence brings 
together global specialists from the entire beet supply chain, including seed 
and input experts, research scientists, growers and process technologists.  
It is supporting our beet sugar businesses in north China, Spain and the  
UK in the delivery of their yield growth plans. This approach is being 
replicated in Africa and south China with the recent launch of a Sugar  
Cane Centre of Excellence.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

AGRICULTURE

AB AGRI IS AN ESTABLISHED MAJOR  
FORCE IN UK AGRICULTURE AND IS 
INCREASINGLY OPERATING ON A GLOBAL 
SCALE. IT SUPPLIES TECHNOLOGY-BASED 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TO FARMERS, 
FEED AND FOOD MANUFACTURERS, 
PROCESSORS AND RETAILERS.

It also buys grain from UK farmers and 
supplies them with crop inputs through its 
joint venture, Frontier. Operating across the 
agricultural supply chain, AB Agri 
manufactures high-performance compound 
feeds, provides world-leading analytical 
services, nutritional advice and poultry 
marketing services for customers. It provides 
an added-value service to food, drink and 
bioethanol companies internationally, by 
marketing their co-products as animal feed, 
which in turn helps to reduce the costs of 
production for its farming customer base. It 
also supplies the livestock and pet industries 
with premixes, enzymes and other technical 
ingredients which are increasingly important 
growth drivers for the business.

AB Agri delivered another good 
performance with revenues 12% ahead and 
profit in line with last year’s strong result. 
The UK feed business benefited from 
higher volumes of sugar beet feed but saw 
some margin erosion in the pig and poultry 
feed markets reflecting another difficult 
year for the UK livestock industry.

Frontier continued to trade well. Earnings 
from grain trading were at more normal 
levels which reflected less movement in 
wheat prices during the year. High crop 
prices underpinned good farm profitability 
and Frontier benefited from continued high 
demand for fertiliser, seed and crop 
protection products.

Premier Nutrition increased its UK market 
share in broiler and ruminant premixes but 

suffered margin erosion in Eastern Europe. 
The weakening of the euro affected the 
competitiveness of exported piglet starter 
feed and pet premixes into the Eurozone.  
The major building and engineering operations 
for UK expansion are now complete and  
plant commissioning is well under way. 

Revenue

£1,265m 
+12%

AB Vista continued to expand its 
geographic presence and share of the feed 
enzyme market, with a particularly good 
performance in the Asia Pacific region.  
The main growth driver was the Quantum 
phytase range including the recently 
launched product, Quantum Blue. AB Vista 
also recently finalised an arrangement that 
will see it become a major global supplier  
of betaine to the animal nutrition sector. 

During the year, AB Sustain acquired a 
small UK-based business, specialising in the 
development, implementation and auditing 
of systems which promote continuous 
improvement in agricultural supply chains 
across the world. AB Sustain also won the 
Sainsbury’s Supplier ‘Making it Happen‘ 
award in recognition of its outstanding 
customer support and service.

Progress was made in China with increased 
compound and sugar beet feed sales 
volumes together with new products for 
the feed ingredients market. Agreement 
was reached recently with a major US 
multinational to build a new feed mill  
in China to service its local poultry  
feed requirements.

Adjusted operating profit

£40m 
Level

Adjusted operating profit margin

3.2% 
2011, 3.5%

Return on average capital 
employed

16.5% 
2011, 19.0%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

QUANTUM BLUE: A CROSS-DIVISIONAL COLLABORATION SUCCESS STORY

In January 2012, a new phytase product Quantum Blue 
was launched to the global animal nutrition market. 
This was the result of a highly effective partnership 
between AB Enzymes and AB Vista, in collaboration 
with Roal, our manufacturing joint venture in Finland. » 

First created in 2004 as the feed ingredients arm of AB Agri, AB Vista has 
since grown to be the third largest enzyme supplier to the global feed 
industry. AB Vista works closely with sister company AB Enzymes, based  
in Darmstadt, Germany, and with Roal. This collaboration created a winning 
combination of market-leading technologies and expertise in R&D, 
manufacturing and marketing for the Quantum Blue product launch.

In March 2008, the two ABF sister companies worked together on the 
successful acquisition of a start-up phytase business under the brand name, 
Quantum. In animal nutrition, phytases are added to feed to release 
phosphorus and other nutrients that are bound to indigestible plant phytate. 
Releasing these nutrients reduces feed cost and also reduces pollution risk 
from manure. Over the last four years, sales of the original Quantum 
phytase product have increased substantially, resulting in significant market 
share gains. Building on this success, superior variants of Quantum were 
screened for enhanced thermostability and phytate degradation and in 
August 2009 a new variant, now known as Quantum Blue, was selected.

The companies are justifiably proud of their ‘molecule to market’ time  
span of around half the industry standard of six to eight years, utilising 
innovative technologies and expertise to achieve superior performance.

As an enhanced E.coli phytase, Quantum Blue goes beyond the capabilities 
of its predecessors to deliver greater phosphorus release, more consistently 
than any other commercially available phytase. Quantum Blue is intrinsically 
thermostable and therefore does not need to be coated, enabling quick 
release of the active enzyme in the animal’s digestive system. 

In January 2012, Quantum Blue was launched at the International Poultry 
Exhibition in Atlanta, USA. Regional launch events and seminars have taken 
place across the globe in Thailand, Korea, Brazil and Mexico supporting the 
local regulatory approvals of the product. Nine months after the launch, 
Quantum Blue is already sold in 17 countries across North America, Latin 
America, Asia and the Indian subcontinent, and has grown to represent a 
significant proportion of total AB Vista phytase sales.

This is a great example of how close collaboration and effective teamwork 
can bring new product innovations to the market efficiently. In early 2012,  
a global survey was conducted by AB Vista among customers and non-
customers and 54% of respondents ranked AB Vista as the most innovative 
phytase supplier in the market. The global phytase market is estimated to be 
worth over £250 million and is growing at 7– 8% per annum.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

The Phytase revolution

Quantum
Blue

Quantum
phytase

Bacterial
phytase

Fungal
phytase

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It offers customers quality, up-to-the-
minute fashion at value-for-money prices. 
Further expansion saw the creation of 
10,000 new jobs during the year with the 
business employing more than 43,000 
people by the year end. 

Revenue was 17% ahead of last year at 
constant exchange rates. As a result of the 
weakening of the euro in the second half  
of the year, the increase was 15% when 
translated at actual exchange rates. This 
excellent result was driven by an increase  
in retail selling space and like-for-like sales 
growth of 3% for the full year. UK trading 
was particularly strong during the summer 
and sales in continental Europe remained 
buoyant. Trading in newly opened stores 
exceeded expectations and the opening of 
the new store in Berlin in July saw our most 
successful first day’s sales ever. Sales of 
the autumn/winter range in the new 
financial year are encouraging.

RETAIL

PRIMARK IS A MAJOR CLOTHING RETAILER 
WITH STORES IN THE UK, IRELAND, SPAIN, 
PORTUGAL, GERMANY, THE NETHERLANDS, 
BELGIUM AND AUSTRIA. 

22

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

Revenue

£3,503m 
+15%

Adjusted operating profit

£356m 
+15%

Adjusted operating profit margin

10.2% 
2011, 10.2%

Return on average capital 
employed

19.2% 
2011, 18.2%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

The operating profit margin at 10.2% was 
level with that achieved last year. In the  
first half margins were lower than last year 
reflecting the absorption of high cotton 
costs and the increase in VAT in the UK, 
which we chose not to pass on to 
customers. As expected, margins in the 
second half increased reflecting the fall  
in cotton prices. Operating margins are 
expected to improve further in the first half 
of the new financial year with the benefit  
of lower cotton prices but will be partly 
constrained by the three percentage  
point increase in VAT rates in Spain from  
1 September 2012. Operating profit at 
constant currency was 17% higher than last 
year reflecting the strong revenue growth. 
At actual exchange rates profit was  
15% ahead.

Primark continued to make significant 
progress with its ethical trade programme 
during the year. A member of the Ethical 

Trading Initiative (ETI) since 2006, it is  
now ranked at ‘Leader’ level which is the 
highest status achievable. The ETI classifies 
a Leader as “tackling the root causes of  
labour rights problems beyond individual 
workplaces with collaborative initiatives 
aimed at the sectorial level and in raw 
material or component supply”. Achievement 
of this ranking demonstrates the hard work 
and commitment made by Primark to 
ensuring that workers making our products 
are paid fairly, treated well, and work in 
decent conditions. The impact of our in-
country teams of ethical trading specialists 
has been significant in supporting sustainable 
improvements within supplier factories, 
providing greater visibility across the  
supply chain as well as improving the 
management of our audit programme.  
We conducted 1,795 audits in the last 
calendar year and ethical trade training 
continues to be provided to every new 
Primark employee. 

Our new store design aims to provide an 
inspirational, exciting, fashionable and fun 
shopping environment for all customers. 
Strategically placed mannequins combine 
with video screens to inspire customers to 
choose outfits that are readily available on 
adjacent fixtures. Prominent directional 
signage allows easy navigation through the 
store and the confident expression of our 
Primark brand on building facades and at 
various focal points encourages customers 
to feel engaged with the brand. Customer 
service has been enhanced by providing a 
higher ratio of fitting rooms and cash 
registers to ensure a smoother experience 
when trying outfits on and paying for them. 

The pace of store and retail selling space 
expansion increased this year. By the 
financial year end we had opened 19 new 
stores and added 0.9 million sq ft of selling 
space bringing the total to 242 stores and 
8.2 million sq ft. Three new stores were 

NEW STORE OPENINGS:

Alicante (Spain)
Badajoz (Spain)
Barcelona (Spain)
Cordoba (Spain)
Majadahonda (Spain)
Malaga (Spain)
Pamplona (Spain)
Parque-sur, Madrid (Spain)
Valencia (Spain)
Braga Parque (Portugal)
Coimbra (Portugal)
Essen (Germany)
Hannover (Germany)
Saarbrucken (Germany)
Schloss Strasse, Berlin (Germany)
Zaandam (the Netherlands)
Chelmsford (UK)
Edinburgh (UK)
Livingston (UK)

UK concessions:
Selfridges, Birmingham
Selfridges, Manchester

Relocations:
Metro Centre, Gateshead (UK)

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

RETAIL CONTINUED

opened in the UK, 11 in Iberia and five  
in northern continental Europe. Highlights  
of the year included a major expansion in 
Iberia, particularly Spain, the opening of a 
flagship store on Princes Street in Edinburgh 
and four large stores in Germany. The new 
store in Berlin achieved the distinction of 
becoming Primark’s highest grossing store 
on an opening day.

The momentum of our store opening 
programme has continued into the new 
financial year with our second store on 

London’s Oxford Street and our first store  
in Austria, in Innsbruck, during September. 
The new Oxford Street store has 82,000 sq ft 
of selling space over four floors and showcases 
Primark’s latest design concept incorporating 
enhanced visual merchandising, branding, 
fixtures, lighting and state-of-the-art video 
screens showing the latest campaigns. A 
further 12 stores will have opened before 
Christmas, including a second store in  
Austria. By the spring of next year we  
will also have completed the expansion  
of our city centre stores in Manchester, 

Newcastle and Mary Street in Dublin, 
featuring the new store design.

We have invested further to improve the 
efficiency, and increase the capacity, of our 
logistics network. In August we opened a 
new, purpose-built depot in Mönchengladbach 
in the west of Germany with 425,000 sq ft 
of warehouse space. This increases our 
total warehouse capability to 2.7 million sq 
ft, adding to the footprint of our existing 
depots in Ireland, the UK and Spain and 
enabling a more flexible response to the 
needs of our customers in northern Europe.

Store expansion by region

September 2011
Change in year
September 2012
Sept 2012

UK

Iberia

Republic of
Ireland

sq ft 
000
5,190
235
5,425

+5%

stores
154
3
157

sq ft 
000
760
340
1,100

+45%

stores
24
11
35

sq ft 
000
1,010
–
1,010
–

stores
38
–
38

Northern  
Continental
Europe

sq ft 
000
320
345
665
+108%

stores
7
5
12

Total

sq ft 
000
7,280
920
8,200

+13%

stores
223
19
242

MÖNCHENGLADBACH DEPOT: THE HEART OF OUR NORTHERN EUROPEAN OPERATIONS

Operating a supply chain that 
delivers over two million items  
to stores every single day of the 
year requires an eye for detail 
and a relentless focus on 
efficiency and effectiveness. »

Freight delivery to new centre

Reduction of 
3.9m
road miles

A key part of this is to ensure the network  
is synchronised with the store estate and  
its service requirements.

As our store numbers in northern continental 
Europe expanded, there came a point 
where the estate could justify its own 
distribution depot. Previously, deliveries to 
Rotterdam, Berlin and all points in between 
were made from our warehouse in Naas, 
Republic of Ireland – efficient for stock 
holding but not for delivery economics.

Working with our distribution partner, we 
undertook a detailed study to determine the 
optimum location from which to serve our 
stores, and then to design and construct  
the depot at the chosen location, Regiopark, 
Mönchengladbach in Germany.

The result is a 425,000 sq ft distribution 
centre that commenced operations in 
August this year. The building has an 
additional 175,000 sq ft of mezzanine floor 
for a state-of-the-art mechanised garment-
on-hanger system. Overall this gives us the 
capacity to hold 60,000 sets and 700,000 
cartons in stock. The latest systems 
technology is deployed with a warehouse 
management system that includes  
leading-edge voice-picking technology.

Inbound freight now arrives at Rotterdam 
and travels by train or barge for most of 
its journey to the Mönchengladbach site. 
The close proximity of the depot to our 
stores means that next day delivery is 
now a reality – we will get product to 
stores some eight to nine days faster 
than at present, a lifetime in the world of 
fast fashion. It also means a saving of  
3.9 million road miles per annum.

This new distribution centre completes 
another phase of our supply chain 
transformation, supporting geographical 
expansion and ending a substantial, and 
complex, period of restructuring. Last 
year we completed an extension and  
new garment-on-hanger system for our 
warehouse in Torija, Spain. This year has 
seen an extension of 140,000 sq ft to our 
Thrapston, UK depot and the completion 
of an extension and new garment-on-
hanger system at the new Naas 
distribution depot – optimum facilities,  
in the right locations, driving an efficient 
supply chain every day.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

Revenue

£3,726m 
+1%

Adjusted operating profit

£187m 
-23%

Adjusted operating profit margin

5.0% 
2011, 6.6%*

Return on average capital 
employed

12.2% 
2011, 17.6%

* Restated – see note 1

GROCERY

GROCERY COMPRISES OUR CONSUMER- 
FACING BUSINESSES THAT MANUFACTURE 
AND MARKET A VARIETY OF GROCERY 
BRANDS BOTH NATIONALLY AND 
INTERNATIONALLY. 

Twinings Ovaltine has the broadest 
geographic reach selling its premium  
teas and malted beverages in more than 
100 countries. The UK grocery businesses 
produce well-known household brands 
including Kingsmill, Silver Spoon, Jordans, 
Ryvita, Patak’s and Blue Dragon. ACH is a 
speciality food business operating across 
North America and Mexico. Among its 
market-leading products are Mazola corn 
oil, Karo corn syrup and the leading corn 
starch brand, Argo. George Weston Foods 
in Australia produces a range of meats, 
breads and baked goods including Tip Top, 
the country’s leading food brand. 

Grocery revenue increased by 1% but 
adjusted operating profit declined by 23% 
reflecting primarily the cost of restructuring 
at George Weston Foods in Australia and 
Allied Bakeries in the UK, together with the 
difficult retail and competitor environment 
in Australia. 

Twinings Ovaltine, our most profitable 
grocery business, maintained the 
momentum of last year achieving sales 
growth and share gains in its four largest 
tea markets. Marketing investment was 
substantially increased throughout the 
business. In the UK, we launched the  
very successful ‘Gets you back to you’ 
television campaign which contributed  
to our market share increase. In the US, 
growth was driven by the K-cup single-
serve format which has expanded beyond 
foodservice into the grocery channel where 
we are now the leading tea brand in this 
format. Twinings had a particularly 
successful year in Australia, increasing its 
market share with an effective marketing 
campaign including consumer trial. 
Following last year’s factory expansion in 
China and completion of the new factory in 
Poland, the final stages of investment in the 
Andover factory, which supplies the UK 
market, is due to complete before the end 

of the calendar year. New production lines 
enabled further improvements to be made 
in tea packaging. Ovaltine achieved strong 
growth in Thailand and other developing 
markets with particular success in Brazil, 
where we have now also introduced a 
‘ready to drink’ format, and Indochina. 

UK consumers have continued to seek 
value from product choice, promotions and 
price in response to sustained pressure on 
household incomes. The market remained 
competitive for Allied Bakeries with 
promotional activity reducing margins  
and the recent increase in wheat costs will 
give rise to further margin pressure in the 
coming year. However, good progress was 
made during the year in reducing the cost 
base with the closure of two small bakeries 
and a re-engineering of business processes 
to reduce overheads. Whilst delivering a 
significant change agenda the business has 
continued to focus on both understanding 
and meeting customer and consumer 
needs. This was recognised by The Grocer 
magazine which named Allied Bakeries as 
its branded bakery supplier of the year for 
the fourth year in succession. Kingsmill’s 
largest sub-brand, 50/50, continues to be a 
key driver of Allied Bakeries’ performance 
having become the number one brand in 
the healthier white bread segment last year, 
and its range has been successfully extended 
into wraps, pitta pockets and muffins. The 
capital expenditure programme to upgrade 
and modernise the equipment in the bakeries 
was accelerated during the year to realise, 
more quickly, the benefits of greater 
reliability, improved consistency and lower 
costs. The upgraded bread plant and new 
silos at Stockport came on stream in 
September creating one of the most 
advanced bakeries in the UK. 

Jordans and Ryvita performed strongly in 
the UK with both brands responding well to 
effective advertising. Ryvita Thins won the 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

GROCERY CONTINUED

REDUCING OUR WATER USAGE AT JORDANS RYVITA 

Jordans Ryvita wins first ever 
‘Waitrose Way’ Environmental 
Sustainability award for saving 
60,000 litres of water a year. »

The ‘Waitrose Way’ awards are the first 
ever awards issued by UK supermarket 
chain, Waitrose to its suppliers for 
environmental sustainability projects that 
mirror the values of their business. They 
were judged by leading independent 
environmentalists and corporate social 
responsibility experts in the UK. 

Ryvita crispbread is made using a 
traditional Scandinavian ‘Iced Crispbread’ 
recipe – where the dough is chilled before 
it is baked. This allows pockets of air to 
form in the mix and means that yeast is 
not required in the recipe. 

Historically, Ryvita crispbread dough  
mix was chilled in vats using blocks of 
ice. This developed over time into a 
continuous process whereby wet dough 
was fed through machines called 
‘combinators’ that cooled it down. These 
machines used a chemical refrigerant, 

500kg 
The amount of water and 
dough previously wasted 
through temperature 
rises in process

which took some time to achieve its 
optimum temperature from start-up.  
As a result every time the machine was 
started, approximately 500kg of dough 
and water mix was wasted as the 
temperature gradually reduced to the 
required level.

In 2011 a series of measures was taken 
to reduce the amount of water used in 
the process. In order to achieve this the 
business had to re-think the entire 
manufacturing process and identified that 
by using an improved flour blend and 
mixing the rye dough thoroughly at the 
outset it was possible to create the same 
pockets of air in the dough that had 
traditionally been achieved through ‘icing’. 

In what is only the third major change to 
the manufacturing process of Ryvita 
crispbread since it was first launched in 
1925, the ‘combinators’ were removed 
and new mixers installed, entirely 
eliminating 60,000 litres of water waste 
overnight. It also meant we could stop 
using chemical refrigerants.

3rd 
This is only the third 
major change to the 
manufacturing process 
since it was first 
launched in 1925

60,000 
The number of litres of 
water saved per year 
since the new production 
process began

1st 
Jordans Ryvita is the first 
company to be awarded 
the ‘Waitrose Way’ 
award

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

healthy product of the year award and 
Jordans saw continued success in granola 
where it is the leading brand in the 
segment. The business also had a good 
year internationally with particularly strong 
sales growth for both brands in Canada, 
driven by increased distribution following 
the move from two distributors to one,  
and the building of a dedicated sales and 
marketing team in Toronto. The transfer of 
crackerbread manufacture from Stockport 
to Poole was completed during the year and 
the new plant is now fully functioning. The 
business was recognised during the year for 
its commitment to sustainability, winning the 
‘Waitrose Way’ award for its work on water 
conservation at the Poole factory. 

Silver Spoon had a good year but volumes 
and margins came under pressure towards 
the end of the year from increased 
competition in the consumer sugar market. 
Growth in caster and icing sugar for home 
baking was offset by a decline in granulated 
and brown sugars as consumers sought 
cheaper alternatives. The Allinson flour 
brand continued to grow strongly, particularly 
as a result of increased distribution of its 
Nature Friendly plain and self-raising flours. 
In January, in partnership with Cargill, we 
launched the Truvia sweetener brand in the 
UK, the first stevia-based, zero calorie 
sweetener. The launch was supported with 
television and radio advertising as well as 
in-store promotional activity and has built a 
leading position in the sweetener category. 

AB World Foods operated in a competitive 
trading environment throughout the year 
with an increased level of promotional 
activity which, although supporting volumes, 
had an adverse effect on margins. Blue 
Dragon became the UK’s largest oriental 
ambient brand with strong sales growth 
following its successful relaunch last year 
and Patak’s also achieved good growth 
albeit driven by promotional activity. The  
UK and Polish factories both performed  
well with Poland in particular benefiting 
from record volumes. Although the ethnic 
food industry remained weak, especially in 
the hard-pressed Chinese takeaway sector, 
Westmill’s revenues held up well. The 
noodles business, spearheaded by our 
leading brand in the sector, Lucky Boat, 
continued to gain share with sales to 
industrial customers, as well as Chinese 
restaurants, ahead of last year. Investment 
in a third noodle line at the Trafford factory 
during the year consolidated our position  
as the largest and most efficient noodle 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

manufacturer in the UK. On 5 July we 
acquired the leading ethnic flour brand in 
the UK, Elephant Atta, together with a 
number of smaller related ethnic flour 
brands which are used to make chapatti and 
other unleavened flat breads. This business 
will complement Westmill’s other leading 
ethnic brands including Tolly Boy rice and 
Rajah spices.

At ACH in the US, vegetable oil volumes 
increased benefiting from a recent price 
reduction, while home baking and spices 
volumes were level with last year. Oil costs 
remained high for most of the year but 
sales and margins recovered from last 
year’s levels. Continued increases in raw 
material costs, with an inability to recover 
them fully, impacted margins in the flavours 
business. Significant investment was made 
during the year in new product launches  
in baking and in the sauces/marinades 
category, capitalising on the strength of  
the ACH brands. In Mexico, a weaker  
peso and continued competitive pressure 

resulted in lower volumes and operating 
profit. Stratas achieved further margin 
improvement with better oil procurement 
and by reducing overheads.

In Australia, the difficult retail and 
competitor environment experienced  
by George Weston Foods led to lower 
revenues and an operating loss for the  
year. Retailer promotion of in-store bakery 
products, combined with continuing support 
for $1 bread and range rationalisation, 
affected sales and margins in the bread 
business. Operationally, good progress  
was made with improved reliability and 
efficiencies delivered through supply chain 
optimisation. The successful launch during 
the year of ‘The One’, a nutritional loaf, 
strengthened the business in the key 
mainstream white bread segment of the 
market. The meat business performed  
well below expectations, driven by 
commissioning issues at the new 
Castlemaine factory, retailer pressure on 
prices, particularly in the first half of the 

year, and competitors increased volumes. 
Following the closure of the plant in Altona, 
the transfer of production and commissioning 
of the new facilities at Castlemaine 
constrained volume throughput which 
affected service levels, revenues and 
operating costs. The throughput issues 
have now been addressed and we are 
engaging with our key customers to recover 
lost volumes and drive growth. Costs are 
also reducing and a significant programme 
of work is under way to simplify the 
structure of the group and improve 
efficiency. Restructuring charges were 
made during the year for the cost of 
reorganising sales distribution and 
warehousing and a general reduction in 
administration overheads. As a result of the 
difficult trading conditions and low volumes, 
the carrying value of the assets in the meat 
business was no longer supported by our 
forecasts of its discounted future cash 
flows and an exceptional impairment  
charge of A$150m (£98m) has been taken. 

ENCOURAGING THE DEMAND FOR HEALTHY OPTIONS

Bread has always been part of a 
staple diet and provides valuable 
nutrients such as calcium, iron and 
fibre to the diet. But we are always 
looking to make it even better! »

In the UK, as part its commitment to  
the government’s ‘Public Health 
Responsibility Deal’, Allied Bakeries has 
already implemented significant salt 
reduction measures across all its bread and 
roll products. However, the way people eat 
bread is changing. Consumers are looking 
for healthier recipes, different flavour 
varieties and they also want to minimise 
waste. Above all though, their bread must 
taste great too!

A number of products under the Kingsmill 
brand achieve exactly this balance. 
Kingsmill 50/50 is a white bread made 
with 50% white flour and 50% wholemeal 
flour to provide people with more fibre 
and is now available in a range of formats. 
The ‘Little Big Loaf‘ range which was 
launched in 2009 has full-size slices, just 
fewer of them, so that people who don’t 
eat a lot of bread, such as those living in  
one or two-person households, don’t 
have to buy more than they actually need. 

The team at Allied Bakeries also look for 
new ingredients to create products that 
can help people make interesting and 
healthy choices. For example, new 
Burgen Sunflower & Chia Seed bread  
is the first branded loaf launched in the 
UK with chia seed (a great source of 
Omega-3).

All in all, a great recipe for success!

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INGREDIENTS

THE INGREDIENTS SEGMENT COMPRISES  
AB MAURI AND ABF INGREDIENTS.

28

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
i
e
w

AB Mauri has a major global presence in 
bakers’ yeast, with significant market 
positions in the Americas, Europe and Asia, 
and is a technology leader in, and supplier 
of, bakery ingredients. It operates from 
49 plants in 26 countries. ABF Ingredients 
markets enzymes, yeast extracts, speciality 
proteins and lipids worldwide with 
manufacturing facilities in Europe,  
the US and China.

Revenues were level with last year but 
operating profit was sharply lower reflecting 
restructuring charges and continuing 
operational challenges faced by AB Mauri. 
The European yeast market continued to  
be extremely competitive and our margins 
remained constrained by an inability to 
recover fully raw material cost increases.  
In Asia, sales volumes in China were 
disappointing and key raw material costs, 
primarily molasses, remained at a high  
level. Progress was made in improving 
productivity at the recently commissioned 
yeast factory in Harbin, making this one of 
our most efficient plants, and our factory  
in Vietnam was reopened in the second  
half of the year following completion of 
operational improvements. Latin America 
once again maintained strong revenue and 
profit growth across most markets although 
margins in Brazil came under pressure early 
in the year from higher molasses prices  
and increased competitor activity. As the 
Brazilian real has progressively weakened 
during the year our locally produced dry 

yeast has been able to compete more 
effectively against higher priced imports. 

We achieved further growth in bakery 
ingredients benefiting from continued 
investment in resources and technology. 
This was particularly notable in the 
creativity and flexibility brought to bear by 
our Innovation Centre which has enabled 
the bakery ingredients business to tailor 
solutions to meet changing customer 
requirements at appropriate price points. 
The Innovation Centre is now supporting 
the yeast business by developing total  
yeast and ingredient solutions. 

In the past year, AB Mauri made substantial 
progress in identifying the capabilities 
needed to deliver a more differentiated 
bakery ingredients proposition. It is now 
applying this understanding to each of its 
businesses, ensuring that it is adapted to 
meet their distinctive market requirements.

Capital investment by AB Mauri during the 
year included the construction of new yeast 
plants in Mexico and Shandong province in 
China together with the expansion of dry 
yeast capacity at Xinjiang in China. The 
plants in China have been commissioned 
and the Mexican plant will be operational 
during the first half of next year.

ABF Ingredients delivered good growth in 
sales and operating profit. Growth in feed, 
bakery and speciality enzymes was driven 
by new product launches and, in response 

Revenue

£1,092m 
Level

Adjusted operating profit

£32m 
-48%

Adjusted operating profit margin

2.9% 
2011, 5.6%*

Return on average capital 
employed

4.3% 
2011, 8.3%

* Restated – see note 1

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
R
e
v
i
e
w

to this sustained growth, the enzymes 
factory in Finland, which is now 
approaching capacity following its 
expansion in 2009, is to be expanded 
further. Management processes in the 
enzymes business were enhanced during 
the year with the installation of new 
information systems, and improved sales 
forecasting accuracy has enabled better 
inventory management. 

In the US, extruded grain products enjoyed 
strong growth driven by an enhanced range 

and customer service and an expanded 
customer base. Production at the existing 
facility in California is nearing capacity and 
with increasing demand, a new facility is to 
be built in Evansville, Indiana. The results of 
the US dairy business improved driven by 
high lactose and whey protein prices.

Yeast extracts are now supplied to Europe 
from the new, fully commissioned, factory 
in Harbin, China and new business is  
being developed in the Chinese and Asian 
markets. The yeast extracts facility in 

Hamburg was upgraded during the year 
enabling it to expand into new market 
sectors and, after a period of operational 
challenge, the US business made a number 
of efficiency improvements and is back  
in growth.

AB ENZYMES AT THE 
HEART OF SUSTAINABLE 
DEVELOPMENT

Enzymes are biological molecules 
that increase the rate of chemical 
reactions. Their unique folding 
pattern enables specific 
chemistry on a molecular level, 
i.e. using tiny quantities, and by 
employing enzymes many 
processes can be improved so as 
to use less energy and water 
with minimal waste. »

People have made use of enzymes in 
making bread, beer, wine and cheese  
for many centuries, often without realising 
that it was an enzyme that made all the 
difference to the product. In the last few 
decades there has been a dramatic change 
in the way enzymes are identified and 
optimised for use. Thanks to biotechnology 
it has become possible to isolate the gene 
that codes an enzyme and to introduce it 
into a host organism allowing the enzyme 
to perform more predictably and be 
produced more cost-effectively. Today 
enzymes have developed into a £2.5bn 
industry and we find them being used  
in a wide range of applications, from the 
traditional areas of baking, beverages and 
cheeses to detergents, textiles and even 
the conversion of waste into biofuels. 

AB Enzymes is a well-established business, 
ranked fourth in the global market for 
industrial enzymes, and recognised for 
innovative discovery, effective development 
and reliable delivery of high-quality enzymes. 

Each year, more than 10% of the business 
revenues are invested in research and 
development. The proprietary technology 
includes a series of exceptional skills, 
ranging from bioprospecting from nature 
to formulation of the final product. These 
technologies are protected by more than 
450 patents worldwide and have been 
developed over many years, often in 
partnership with leading universities  
and institutes. 

Our enzymes are successfully marketed to 
many well-known, international companies. 
Often leaders in their respective fields, 
these companies rely upon AB Enzymes 
as a versatile, trustworthy, innovation 
partner and a reliable supplier of high-
quality products. Among these customers 
are several of AB Enzymes’ sister 
companies in ABF, such as AB Vista, 
which sells enzymes within its portfolio 
of animal feed products, and AB Mauri, 
which uses the enzymes for application  
in the baking industry.

450 
patents protect the  
new technologies 
developed

10% 
of business revenues  
are invested in  
research and  
development

AB Enzymes
Number 4 in the global  
market for industrial  
enzymes

Innovative 
discovery

Reliable 
delivery

Effective 
development

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

r
e
v
i
e
w

FINANCIAL REVIEW

WE RAISED $626M THROUGH PRIVATE 
PLACEMENTS DURING THE YEAR. BY 
FURTHER DIVERSIFYING OUR SOURCES OF 
FUNDING AND LENGTHENING OUR DEBT 
MATURITY PROFILE THE FINANCIAL 
STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY OF THE  
GROUP HAS BEEN ENHANCED.

John Bason
Finance Director

Group performance
Group revenue increased by 11% to 
£12.3bn and adjusted operating profit was 
up 17% at £1,077m. Movements in foreign 
currency exchange rates had no material 
net effect on revenues but at constant 
exchange rates, adjusted operating profit 
was 19% ahead of last year. 

In calculating adjusted operating profit,  
the amortisation charge on non-operating 
intangibles, any profits or losses on disposal 
of non-current assets and any exceptional 
items are excluded. On an unadjusted basis, 
operating profit was 4% ahead of last year at 
£873m after charging intangible amortisation 
of £100m and an exceptional impairment 
charge of £98m.

The exceptional charge was taken to impair 
property, plant and equipment at the meat 
business in Australia which has performed 
well below expectations. Although a 
recovery plan is in place and a number of 
operational improvements have been made 
during the year, the discounted cash flow 
forecasts for the business were not 
sufficient to support the carrying value of its 
assets and an impairment charge of A$150m 
(£98m) was taken. Accounting standards do 
not permit the inclusion, in the impairment 
calculation, of cash flows that are expected 
to be generated from the future sale of the 
former meat processing sites in Western 
Australia and Victoria. These are being 
redeveloped and the net cash inflows in 
future years are expected to be substantial. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

A net loss of £9m arose on the sale or 
closure of businesses this year relating 
primarily to the write off of Illovo’s 
investment in pre-project expenditure in  
Mali following the decision not to pursue the 
development of this business, net of deferred 
profit realised on the disposal, in November 
2009, of the group’s former Polish sugar 
operations. The net loss is excluded from  
the calculation of adjusted earnings. 

Finance expense less finance income of 
£105m compared with a net charge of 
£92m last year. This reflected the higher 
average net debt during the year and the 
incremental interest rate on the private 
placement financing completed in March. 

Profit before tax increased from £757m to 
£761m. Adjusted to exclude the intangible 
amortisation and exceptional impairment 
charges, the losses on the sale of fixed 
assets and on the sale or closure of 
businesses, profit before tax increased  
by 17% to £974m.

Taxation
The tax charge of £178m included an 
underlying charge of £242m, at an effective 
rate of 24.8% (2011 – 24.6%) on the 
adjusted profit before tax. The small 
increase in the effective rate is a result of 
the mix of profits earned in different tax 
jurisdictions and would have been higher 
had it not been for the further reduction  
in the UK corporation tax rate. The UK tax 
charge included a credit of £12m from  
the calculation of deferred tax liabilities 
reflecting the enacted rate reduction from 
25% to 23%. The group is a substantial UK 
tax payer and even at the lower tax rate, out 
of a total of £191m tax paid in the year, 
£107m was paid in the UK as a result of the 
higher profits earned by our UK businesses. 
The proposed future reduction in the UK tax 
rate to 22% will be reflected in the year that 
the relevant legislation is substantively 
enacted. However, with increasing 
profitability in jurisdictions with a higher 
corporate tax rate than the UK, we expect 
the group’s effective tax rate to be higher  
in future years.

The overall tax charge for the year benefited 
from a £33m (2011 – £25m) credit for tax 
relief on the amortisation of non-operating 
intangible assets and goodwill arising from 
previous acquisitions. A tax credit of £2m 
arose on the property and business 
disposals and a deferred tax asset of £29m 
has been recorded in respect of the 
exceptional impairment charge.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

r
e
v
i
e
w

Earnings and dividends
Earnings attributable to equity shareholders 
were £555m, £14m higher than last year, 
and the weighted average number of shares 
in issue during the year used to calculate 
earnings per share was 789 million (2011 – 
788 million). Earnings per ordinary share 
were 2% higher than last year at 70.3p. 
Adjusted earnings per share which provides 
a more consistent measure of performance 
increased by 18% from 74.0p to 87.2p.

The interim dividend was increased by  
8% to 8.5p and a final dividend has been 
proposed at 20.0p which represents an 
overall increase of 15% for the year. The 
proposed dividend is expected to cost 
£158m and will be charged next year. 
Dividend cover, on an adjusted basis, 
remains at three times.

Balance sheet
Non-current assets of £6,971m were 
broadly unchanged from last year. Intangible 
assets were £124m lower, mainly reflecting 
the amortisation charge of £122m for the 
year. Property, plant and equipment 
increased by £76m driven by the capital 
expenditure in the year, net of depreciation 
and the exceptional impairment charge.

Working capital at the year end was £73m 
lower than last year and average working 
capital across the year expressed as a 
percentage of sales showed an improvement. 
The inflation seen in commodity costs last 
year was not repeated and Primark 
delivered a substantial improvement with 
tight inventory management across the 
year. Net borrowings at the year end were 
£224m lower than last year at £1,061m as  
a consequence of the very strong cash flow.

A currency loss of £230m arose on the 
translation into sterling of the group’s 
foreign currency denominated net assets. 
This resulted from a strengthening of 
sterling at the end of the year, particularly 
against the euro, US dollar and the rand. 
The group’s net assets increased by £46m 
to £6,221m.

Return on capital employed (ROCE) for the 
group increased from 15.8% to 17.0% this 
year. Sugar and Primark both delivered an 
improvement through much higher profits 
but the lower profit at George Weston 
Foods and AB Mauri resulted in a reduction 
in the returns for Grocery and Ingredients. 
ROCE is calculated by expressing adjusted 
operating profit as a percentage of the 
average capital employed for the year.

Cash flow
Net cash flow from operating activities was 
very strong this year with a substantial 
increase from £736m to £1,240m. This 
mainly reflected a working capital inflow of 
£43m this year compared to an outflow of 
£199m last year, and higher operating profit 
adjusted for amortisation, depreciation and 
the exceptional item. The amortisation and 
depreciation charges were respectively 
£26m and £77m higher than last year, largely 
the consequence of capital investment in 
recent years on assets which are now 
operational, and also due to a foreshortening 
of the useful economic lives of certain assets 
in British Sugar, AB Mauri and Primark.

We continued to invest in the future growth 
of the group but the net £707m spent on 
property, plant and equipment and 
intangibles net of disposals during the year 
was a reduction on last year’s investment  
of £825m. Primark spent £326m on the 
acquisition of new stores and the fit-out  
of new and existing stores. Elsewhere we 
continued the capital investment programme 
at Allied Bakeries and good progress was 
made with construction of the new yeast 
factory in Mexico and the relocation of the 
Zhangbei sugar factory in China. 

We invested £45m on acquisitions, 
principally £34m on the acquisition of 
Elephant Atta, with the balance being 
deferred consideration payable on 
acquisitions made in previous years. 

Financing
Cash and cash equivalents totalled £391m  
at the year end. These were managed during 
the year by a central treasury department, 
operating under strictly controlled guidelines, 
which also arranges term bank finance for 
acquisitions and to meet short-term working 
capital requirements, particularly for the 
sugar beet and wheat harvests.

The group has total committed borrowing 
facilities amounting to £2.6bn, of which 
£1.15bn is provided under a syndicated, 
revolving credit facility which does not 
mature until July 2015. £1.2bn was drawn 
down on these facilities at the year end. 
The strength and breadth of the 12 banks  
in the syndicate provide support for our 
financial needs and reflect the scale and 
international presence of the business. The 
group also had access, at the year end, to 
£874m of uncommitted credit lines under 
which £265m was drawn.

On 13 December 2011 we raised $100m  
in a bi-lateral private placement with a ten 
year maturity and on 29 March 2012 we 
completed a private placement of senior 
notes to a number of UK and US 
institutional lenders raising $526m with  
a range of maturities from 2019 to 2024.  
These issues provided funds, in addition  
to our existing committed bank facilities, 
some of which will be used to refinance 
debt maturing next year. The average fixed 
interest coupon on these notes of 4.5%  
and 3.66% respectively, while historically 
attractive, are higher than prevailing variable 
interest rates on shorter term bank borrowings. 
This increased the group’s interest expense 
in the second half of the year. However, by 
further diversifying our sources of funding 
and lengthening our debt maturity profile 
the financial strength and flexibility of the 
group has been enhanced. 

Pensions
Pensions are accounted for in accordance with 
IAS 19 Employee benefits and on this basis, 
liabilities in the group’s defined benefit 
pension schemes exceeded employee 
benefit assets by £95m compared with  
last year’s deficit of £44m. The UK scheme 
accounts for 90% of the group’s total 
pension assets and the increase in the 
market value of these assets during the year 
was slightly less than the increase in the 
present value of scheme liabilities which 
resulted from a further reduction in long-
term bond yields during the year. By 
agreement with the Trustees, the Company 
agreed to eliminate the deficit identified at 
the time of the triennial actuarial valuation  
of the UK pension scheme in 2008 with five 
annual payments of £30m each. The last 
triennial valuation was undertaken in 2011 
and revealed a funding surplus of £17m. 
However, following the fall in bond yields 
after the date of that valuation, the Company 
agreed to continue to make the remaining 
two payments, the last of which will be in 
March 2013. Total contributions to defined 
benefit plans in the year amounted to  
£71m (2011 – £70m).

For defined contribution schemes the 
charge for the year is equal to the 
contributions made which amounted  
to £53m (2011 – £51m).

John Bason 
Finance Director

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

AS A RESULT OF OUR ONGOING EFFORTS, 
THE NUMBER OF REPORTABLE INJURIES FELL 
FOR THE FOURTH YEAR RUNNING.

32

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b

i
l
i
t
y

Our people and the environment are at  
the very heart of our business. We strive  
to provide a safe place of work for all of  
our people and to manage carefully our 
environmental impacts and use of scarce 
resources. This is a business priority and  
is embedded in the four core principles 
upon which our approach to Corporate 
Responsibility (CR) is founded:

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)

and

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:15)

CR is a journey for Associated British Foods, 
and we are well aware that there are many 
areas in which we need to continue to 
improve our performance. We have a 
decentralised approach to managing our 
businesses – each business is encouraged 
to put in place improvements to minimise 
any negative social or environmental 
impacts and to maximise the positive 
contributions they can make. Typically this 
is achieved by sharing examples of good 
practice, increasing the level of importance 
attached to monitoring and reporting CR 
performance and to ensuring that senior 
management in the businesses are 
held accountable.

Reporting
We remain committed to publishing a full 
CR report every three years and provide 
further information via our annual Health, 
Safety & Environment (HS&E) report on 
our website.

2012 summary 
In 2012, our CR work focused on the 
following areas: 

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:7)(cid:38)(cid:1)
specialists to ensure they continue to 
help embed a safe working culture and 
(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:7)(cid:38)(cid:1)
performance, in particular water use, 
(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:36)(cid:51)(cid:1)
specialists across the group and 
improving communication among  
them to share good practice and  
(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)

During the year we invested £19m in 
environmental improvements including 
effluent treatment, waste reduction, 
increased energy generation and greater 
energy efficiency.

Our full HS&E report for 2012 is available  
at www.abf.co.uk but highlights of our 
environmental performance in 2012 include:

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:21)(cid:24)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:1)

(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:1)

we export from our sites by 9% to a total 
of 837 GWh. This equates to supplying 
(cid:18)(cid:22)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:54)(cid:44)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:90)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:90)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)

(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:23)(cid:6)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:35)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:52)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:36)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1) 
a water efficiency programme, resulting 
in a significant reduction in water use  
(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:24)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:90)(cid:10)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:49)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:23)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1) 

waste cardboard in 2011, some 61%  
of total packaging, which reappeared  
as 179 million paper shopping bags.

sourcing programmes at Primark and 
Twinings Ovaltine, with a focus on 
training our staff and suppliers, and 
NGO partnerships.

Environment 
Many of our businesses are closely linked 
to agriculture and are therefore sensitive  
to changes in weather. Following a year  
of unusual weather patterns in 2011, the 
weather in 2012 in most countries in which 
we operate has been more stable. This 
resulted in some of our businesses, 
particularly our sugar operations, increasing 
output. We are pleased that our total energy 
use decreased by 4% despite an increase  
in production of 9%, showing the very 
positive impact of our focus on energy 
improvement measures. 

Our businesses have the greatest impact 
on the environment through their use of 
energy and the resultant emission of carbon 
dioxide (CO2), the abstraction of water and 
the disposal of waste. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b

i
l
i
t
y

REDUCING WATER ABSTRACTION AT OUR SUGAR FACTORY IN CANTLEY

Situated in Norfolk, Cantley sugar factory 
has a special place in the history of this 
country’s sugar industry. Built in 1912,  
and as the first British beet sugar factory, 
it marks the birth of the homegrown  
sugar industry. »

For over 100 years, the factory has been a landmark on the banks  
of the River Yare, from where it can be seen for miles around.

Water plays a significant role at Cantley and in all British Sugar factories, 
where it is used for cleaning, heating, cooling and transportation (sugar  
beet float in water). The manufacturing sites operate under ISO 14001,  
the internationally recognised standard for environmental management and 
they undergo independent audits to review performance against continuous 
improvement targets. As part of this process, each site identifies and 
maximises opportunities for the reuse and recycling of water.

Over the past five years, British Sugar’s factory at Cantley has been making 
steady progress in reducing the volume of water it uses to manufacture 
sugar, electricity and other co-products. Improvements were achieved  
by instigating many small-scale measures and behavioural initiatives,  
but it was identified that to make a significant step change, more radical 
thinking was required.

Cantley factory abstracts water under licence from three sources:

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:15)

In 2011, the factory used some 40,000m3 of river water, which was 
abstracted from the River Yare into a small reservoir, from where it was 
pumped to the factory for cooling purposes. It was identified that a pond 
nearby was filled with process condensate awaiting permitted discharge  
to the river. This condensate had already been cooled to below 25°C  
to meet the discharge temperature limit. A small project team examined  
the feasibility of using this cooled condensate to replace river water.  
The outcome of the study was the installation of 200 metres of pipeline  
and a condensate pump which now feeds cooled condensate via the  
original system, removing the need to use any river water.

A feasibility study is now planned to investigate similar reduction 
opportunities for borehole water.

Our people
Our business priority is to safeguard the 
wellbeing, development and safety of our 
people and those who work with us. With 
106,000 employees we put significant 
effort into ensuring that our businesses  
are safe places in which to work and we 
aim to offer our people the support most 
suitable for their needs. 

Despite health and safety being an absolute 
priority, we deeply regret having to report 
five fatalities of contractors on our sites 
during 2012. Four of these deaths occurred 
in Africa and one in China. Loss of life  
in our operations is entirely unacceptable. 

Whenever there is a death on our sites or 
linked to our operations, we alert all our 
businesses and re-emphasise the 
requirement for safe working practices. 

In 2012 we invested £32m to improve 
working conditions and the safety of 
equipment. We are pleased that as a result 
of our ongoing efforts, reportable injuries 
fell for the fourth year running, down 13% 
from 2011. Another highlight was Illovo 
Sugar’s safety transportation programme, 
which almost halved the number of injuries 
over the last year incurred during our 
agricultural workers’ commute to work.

In 2012, we developed and ran an extensive 
training and support programme for nearly 
200 HS&E specialists. This was delivered 
through face-to-face group training days, 
online training sessions and one-to-one 
advice. This training included an introduction 
to new key performance indicators,  
a reminder of the sources of information, 
calculations and parameters required to 
reach our final data and technical training  
on the global system we use for data 
collection and approval.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b

i
l
i
t
y

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED

Our suppliers 
Our core business principles as they  
relate to our suppliers are available at  
www.abf.co.uk/principles. They include 
requirements to: 

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:1)

and with respect for the rights and 
(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:90)(cid:1)

to the Prompt Payment Code, co-
operating with suppliers to improve 
(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:109)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:90)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)

companies consistent with these basic 
principles, and specifically with respect to 
internationally recognised human rights 
(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:13)(cid:1)

where shortcomings are identified 
through our supplier audit programme. 

Both Primark and Twinings Ovaltine have 
continued to build on their ethical sourcing 
programmes during the last year. Primark’s 
focus on building in-country teams of ethical 
sourcing specialists has had significant 
impact in supporting sustainable improvements 
within supplier factories, giving greater 
visibility across the supply chain, as well  
as improving the management of the 
extensive audit programme.

Primark conducted 1,795 ethical audits  
last year, and unannounced ‘spot-checks’ 
continue to be an important part of our 
monitoring protocol. We encourage suppliers 
to make investment in internal ‘compliance’ 
teams to help support sustainable change 
where needed. However, a challenge for 
the whole industry is that the pool of qualified 
people to fill these roles is relatively small. 

HELPING MAJOR SUPERMARKETS TO TRACK AND 
REDUCE THEIR CARBON FOOTPRINT

AB Sustain designed and now operates 
an award-winning Carbon Footprint 
Initiative for Sainsbury’s. The model used 
in this initiative is accredited by the UK 
Carbon Trust to its highest quality tier  
and is the only model of its kind to have 
achieved this level of accreditation across 
the globe. The initiative began in 2007 
with 325 dairy herds and has since 
expanded across eight other livestock  
and produce sectors to include almost 
3,000 UK producers. It follows the proven 
methodology of ‘measure – improve – 
measure’ to support and drive continuous 
improvement at every participating farm. 
Through accurate on-farm data capture 

and our understanding of the key  
drivers of carbon and production 
efficiencies, we are able to deliver 
tangible cost and environmental  
benefits across the supply chain.

This initiative has been consistently 
acknowledged for its effectiveness  
and has won several high-profile awards, 
including the Guardian 2012 Carbon 
Award won by Sainsbury’s for its work 
with UK farmers to reduce their 
environmental impact by using the  
AB Sustain Carbon Footprint model. 

By the end of 2011, carbon emissions  
had been reduced by 48,000 tonnes  
and £21.4m of farm improvements  
had been identified. As a result of  
this success AB Sustain is delighted  
to have received the Sainsbury’s  
Supplier ‘Making it Happen’ award.

To try and support this situation, Primark 
has begun a ‘train the trainer’ project in 
China. This forms part of the Company’s 
efforts to develop and build on its already 
extensive range of training tools that 
suppliers can use to make improvements. 

Among the many projects that Primark runs 
with NGOs, we were particularly impressed 
by the fast and dramatic results achieved by 
the HERproject (Health Enables Returns) in 
Bangladesh this year which provided health 
education to 4,500 female factory workers  
in Bangladesh on hygiene, sexual and 
reproductive health, maternal health and 
nutrition (image on page 35). In addition to 
the obvious benefits of workers receiving 
health education, improvement in overall 
workplace communication was significant, 
and we plan to roll out the project across 
the supply base in Bangladesh as well as 
introducing the project in both China 
and India.

Over 97% of the factories that supply 
Primark also supply other high street 
retailers and this gives us an opportunity  
to collaborate on tackling supply chain 
issues. Further details can be found  
at www.primark.co.uk. 

Similarly, over the last year, Twinings 
Ovaltine has continued to scale up its 
ethical sourcing programme across its 
supply chain from ingredients to packaging. 
Risk assessments have been carried out  
on all areas, and ethical audits have been 
conducted in Europe, China, South East 
Asia and South America to ensure that 
products are made at sites that meet  
the requirements of our ethical code of 
conduct. Through the work of the Ethical 
Tea Partnership, 100 of the estates from 
which Twinings sources its teas have  
been audited.

In addition, Twinings has developed an 
ethical sourcing training programme for 
employees. This has been rolled out 
worldwide to ensure that all procurement 
and marketing teams are aware of the 
requirements of our code and how to 
purchase ingredients ethically.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b

i
l
i
t
y

During 2012, Twinings worked in partnership 
with three development NGOs to support 
tea communities: with Save the Children in 
China, and Unicef and Mercy Corp in India 
on challenges including child mortality, 
anaemia and access to water and sanitation. 
More detail on these projects can be found 
at www.twinings.co.uk.

Our products and customers 
We are very aware of our responsibility for 
our products and to our customers and this 
year we have focused on: 

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:66)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:78)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:66)(cid:1)

(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:40)(cid:46)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:1)
their needs and provide them with 
(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:28)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:34)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:35)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1) 
2012 salt reduction targets across all  
of its bread and roll products, with the 
majority introduced in the first quarter 
(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:248)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)

(cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)

target of purchasing Certified Sustainable 
Palm Oil across the group by 2015. The 
Jordans & Ryvita Company already  
uses 100% certified sustainable palm oil.  
Allied Bakeries also purchase Green Palm 
Certificates to encourage sustainable 
palm oil production and has committed to 
using 100% sustainable palm oil by 2014. 
Both businesses scored maximum points 
in a survey of palm oil usage by the World 
Wildlife Fund in 2011.

Our communities 
We recognise our responsibilities as a 
member of the communities in which  
we operate and encourage our businesses 
to engage with their local communities  
as and how they wish. However, the 
group’s contribution to communities  
comes principally via the Garfield Weston 
Foundation, which was set up by the late 
W. Garfield Weston in 1958. 

It is one of the UK’s foremost philanthropic 
organisations and derives a substantial 
proportion of its funds from its interests  
in the group’s ultimate holding company, 
Wittington Investments Limited. More detail 
can be found at www.garfieldweston.org. 

If you have any feedback on our CR 
information here or on our website, please 
contact us via www.abf.co.uk.

Reportable injury rates 
Percentage of employees having  
a reportable injury 

1.00%

0.75%

0.81

0.77

0.70

0.62

0.52

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

0.50%

0.25%

0

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

B
o
a
r
d
o
f
d
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

1

2

3

4

1 Charles Sinclair  
Chairman (age 64) 
Charles was appointed a non-executive director in October 2008 and as 
Chairman in April 2009. With wide business experience of both the UK and 
overseas, his executive career was latterly with Daily Mail and General 
Trust plc, where he was chief executive from 1989 until he retired from 
that role and the board in September 2008. 

Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of SVG Capital plc.

Committee membership: Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration committees.

2 George G Weston  
Chief Executive (age 48) 
George was appointed to the board in 1999 and took up his current 
appointment as Chief Executive in April 2005. In his former roles at ABF, 
he was Managing Director of Westmill Foods, Allied Bakeries and George 
Weston Foods Ltd (Australia). 

Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Wittington 
Investments Limited and a trustee of the Garfield Weston Foundation.

3 John Bason  
Finance Director (age 55) 
John was appointed as Finance Director in May 1999. He was previously 
the finance director of Bunzl plc and is a member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants for England and Wales.

Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Compass Group 
PLC, a trustee of Voluntary Service Overseas and deputy chairman of the 
charity FareShare.

4 Peter Smith  
Independent non-executive director (age 66) 
Peter was appointed a director in February 2007 and brings extensive 
experience of international financial matters. Formerly, he was senior 
partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) in the UK. He served for two 
years as chairman of Coopers & Lybrand International and as a member  
of the global leadership team of PwC. He was also chairman of RAC plc 
and a non-executive director of Safeway plc. 

Other appointments: He is chairman of Savills plc and Templeton Emerging 
Markets Investment Trust plc, and a member of the supervisory board of 
Paris Orléans SCA. He is also chairman of the Land Restoration Trust.

Committee membership: Chairman of the Audit committee and a member of the 
Nomination and Remuneration committees.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

B
o
a
r
d
o
f
d
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

7

8

5

6

7 Javier Ferrán  
Independent non-executive director (age 56) 
Javier was appointed a director in November 2006. He spent the earlier 
part of his career with Bacardi Group, where latterly he served as president 
and chief executive officer. He has extensive experience of consumer 
brands on an international basis and in international financing. 

Other appointments: He is currently a partner at Lion Capital LLP,  
a London-based private equity firm.

Committee membership: Member of the Nomination and Remuneration committees.

8 Emma Adamo  
Non-executive director (age 49) 
Emma was appointed as a director in December 2011. She was educated 
at Stanford University and INSEAD in France. 

Other appointments: She is a director of Wittington Investments Limited.

5 Lord Jay of Ewelme GCMG  
Independent non-executive director (age 66) 
Lord Jay was appointed a director in November 2006 and has broad 
experience of government and international business. During his career  
in public service he was British Ambassador to France from 1996 to 2001 
and Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign & Commonwealth Office 
from 2002 to 2006. 

Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Candover 
Investments plc, Valeo (the French-based automobile parts company) and 
of Electricité de France. He has been an independent member of the House 
of Lords since 2006 and is chairman of the House of Lords Appointments 
Commission. He also chairs the Trustees of the international medical aid 
charity Merlin, and is a member of the British Library Advisory Council.

Committee membership: Member of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
committees.

6 Timothy Clarke  
Independent non-executive director (age 55) 
Tim was appointed a director in November 2004 and has been Senior 
Independent Director since December 2007. Tim has extensive experience 
of retailing. Until 2009, he was chief executive of Mitchells & Butlers plc, 
following its demerger from Six Continents PLC where he also held the 
position of chief executive. Previously he had been a partner of Panmure 
Gordon & Co before joining Bass PLC in 1990. 

Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of two pub and 
brewing companies, Hall & Woodhouse Limited, and Timothy Taylor & 
Company Limited, and also Triple Point VCT 2011 PLC.

Committee membership: Member of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
committees.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

GOOD GOVERNANCE IS NOT 
JUST A MATTER FOR THE  
BOARD AND OUR AIM ALWAYS 
IS TO FOSTER A CULTURE OF 
STRONG GOVERNANCE 
THROUGHOUT THE GROUP.

Chairman’s foreword
I am pleased to introduce this report on the work of the board over 
the last year. Effective corporate governance is central to the group’s 
ability to operate successfully on a global basis and, as a board,  
we take seriously our responsibility for setting high standards of 
accountability and ethical behaviour. Good governance is not just  
a matter for the board, however, and our aim always is to foster  
a culture of strong governance throughout the group. 

I am keenly aware of the value to the business of an effective board. 
A key aspect of ensuring the board’s effectiveness is the annual 
board and committee evaluation process and this year the evaluation 
was facilitated externally by an independent consultant. This 
exercise produced some valuable insights and we outline the 
process and some of the key outcomes on page 41 of this report.

The Company recognises the need for, and desirability of, diversity 
on the board and I have worked with the Nomination committee 
during the year to review the evolution of the board. As part of our 
succession planning, and as I mentioned in my statement on page 15, 
I am delighted to welcome to the board Emma Adamo, who  
joined as a non-executive director at the conclusion of the AGM in 
December 2011, following the retirement of Galen Weston. Emma’s 
appointment adds diversity to the board and the consequent range 
of perspectives will undoubtedly have a positive effect on the 
board’s deliberations. 

We are reviewing our corporate governance practices in light of  
the updated version of the UK Corporate Governance Code which 
was published in September 2012 (the ‘2012 Code’). Although the 
2012 Code will first apply to companies with financial years 
commencing on or after 1 October 2012, we will give consideration to 
reporting early under the 2012 Code in our annual report next year. 

In the following pages we describe the approach the board has 
adopted to governing the group. The report is intended to give 
shareholders a clear picture of the group’s governance arrangements 
and how those arrangements have operated during the year. 

Charles Sinclair
Chairman

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The principal governance rules applying to UK companies listed  
on the London Stock Exchange are contained in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and 
published in June 2010 (the ‘Code’) which is available from the FRC 
website (www.frc.org.uk). This corporate governance report aims to 

provide shareholders with an understanding of how the Company 
has applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the 
Code. The board considers that the Company has, throughout the 
year ended 15 September 2012, complied with the relevant 
provisions set out in the Code, with the following exceptions:

Code provision

Status

Explanation

B.3.2 – The terms and 
conditions of appointment of 
non-executive directors should 
be made available for 
inspection.

Galen Weston had not entered into  
a formal letter of appointment. 

Non-compliance with this provision 
ended on 9 December 2011 when 
Galen Weston retired as a director. 

The board of Associated British Foods plc considered it appropriate 
due to his relationship with the Company’s ultimate holding 
company, Wittington Investments Limited of which he was a 
director and shareholder. Galen Weston received no fees, nor  
was he reimbursed for any expenses incurred for performing his  
role as a non-executive director of Associated British Foods plc.

D.2.1 – The Chairman should 
not chair the Remuneration 
committee.

Charles Sinclair is both Chairman 
and chairman of the Remuneration 
committee.

The board of Associated British Foods plc considers that  
Charles Sinclair, due to his experience, is best suited to chair this 
committee. No director has any involvement in the determination  
of his own remuneration. The board believes that the Company 
has maintained robust governance while at the same time 
benefiting from having Charles Sinclair as the chairman of  
the Remuneration committee.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
39

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

EFFECTIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE IS CENTRAL TO THE 
GROUP’S ABILITY TO OPERATE SUCCESSFULLY ON A GLOBAL 
BASIS AND, AS A BOARD, WE TAKE SERIOUSLY OUR 
RESPONSIBILITY FOR SETTING HIGH STANDARDS OF 
ACCOUNTABILITY AND ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR.

The board
As a board, we are collectively responsible to the Company’s 
shareholders for the direction and oversight of the Company to 
ensure its long-term success. The board met regularly throughout 
the year to approve the group’s strategic objectives, to lead the 
group within a framework of effective controls which enable risk to 
be assessed and managed and to ensure that sufficient resources 
are available to meet the objectives set.

Board composition
At the date of this report, the board comprised eight directors:

Chairman
Charles Sinclair

Executive directors 
George Weston (Chief Executive)
John Bason (Finance Director)

The board has agreed the specific business and governance matters 
which are reserved for its decision to help it discharge these 
responsibilities and oversee control of the Company’s affairs. This 
schedule of matters reserved for the board’s approval, which was 
reviewed and updated during the year, includes:

(cid:116)(cid:1) annual business strategy and objectives, budget and forecasts; 

Non-executive directors
Emma Adamo
Tim Clarke
Javier Ferrán
Lord Jay
Peter Smith

(cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring delivery of the group’s business strategy 

and objectives;

(cid:116)(cid:1) changes to the Company’s capital, management or control 

structures;

(cid:116)(cid:1) dividend policy and dividend recommendation;

(cid:116)(cid:1) treasury policies;

(cid:116)(cid:1)  trading statements, interim results, interim management 
statements, final results, annual report and accounts;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the overall system of internal control and risk management;

(cid:116)(cid:1)  major capital projects, corporate actions or related actions 

and investment;

(cid:116)(cid:1)  communications policy including procedures for the release  

of price-sensitive information;

(cid:116)(cid:1) changes to the structure, size and composition of the board; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) appointment of directors and the Company Secretary; and

(cid:116)(cid:1)  material changes to pension plans or the introduction  

of new schemes.

Certain specific responsibilities are delegated to the board 
committees, notably the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
committees, which operate within clearly defined terms of 
reference, reporting regularly to the board. For further details,  
please see ‘Board committees’ section below.

Galen Weston resigned from his role as a non-executive director of 
the Company with effect from the close of the 2011 annual general 
meeting held on 9 December 2011. Emma Adamo was appointed  
as a director with effect from the close of the same meeting on 
9 December 2011.

With the exception of Emma Adamo, the board considers that the 
non-executive directors are independent in character and judgement 
and that they are each free from any business or other relationships 
which would materially interfere with the exercise of their independent 
judgement. Emma Adamo is not regarded as independent in view of 
her relationship with Wittington Investments Limited. Biographical 
and related information about the directors is set out on pages 36 
and 37.

Chairman and Chief Executive
The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are separately 
held and the division of their responsibilities is clearly established, 
set out in writing, and agreed by the board to ensure that no one has 
unfettered powers of decision. The Chairman, Charles Sinclair, is 
responsible for the operation and leadership of the board, ensuring 
its effectiveness and setting its agenda. The Chief Executive, 
George Weston, is responsible for leading and managing the group’s 
business within the authorities delegated by the board and the 
implementation of board strategy and policy.

Senior Independent Director
Tim Clarke is the Company’s recognised Senior Independent 
Director. The role of the Senior Independent Director is to act as a 
sounding board for the Chairman and to serve as an intermediary for 
other directors where necessary. He is also available to shareholders 
should a need arise to convey concerns to the board which they 
have been unable to convey through the Chairman or through the 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
Board committees 
The board has established three principal board committees, to 
which it has delegated certain of its responsibilities. They are the 
Nomination committee, the Audit committee, and the Remuneration 
committee. The membership, responsibilities and activities of these 
committees are described later in this corporate governance report 
and, in the case of the Remuneration committee, in the 
Remuneration report on page 52. Membership of these committees 
is reviewed annually. Minutes of committee meetings are made 
available to all directors on a timely basis.

The full written terms of reference for the Nomination, Audit and 
Remuneration committees, each of which was reviewed and 
updated during the year, are available on the Company’s website 
(www.abf.co.uk) and hard copies are available on request.

Information flow
The Company Secretary manages the provision of information to the 
board at appropriate times, in consultation with the Chairman and 
Chief Executive. In addition to formal meetings, the Chairman and 
Chief Executive maintain regular contact with all directors. The 
Chairman also holds informal meetings with non-executive directors, 
without any of the executives being present to discuss any issues 
affecting the group, if this is thought necessary. Regular management 
updates are sent to directors to keep the non-executive directors 
informed of events throughout the group between board meetings 
and to ensure that they are kept fully informed of the latest issues 
affecting the group.

Conflicts of interest procedure
The Company has procedures in place to deal with the situation 
where a director has a conflict of interest. As part of this process,  
the board:

(cid:116)(cid:1) considers each conflict situation separately on its 

particular facts;

(cid:116)(cid:1) considers the conflict situation in conjunction with the rest  

of the conflicted directors’ duties under the 2006 Act;

(cid:116)(cid:1) keeps records and board minutes as to authorisations granted 

by directors and the scope of any approvals given; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) regularly reviews conflict authorisation.

The board has complied with these procedures during the year.

40

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

executive directors. During the year, led by the senior independent 
director, the non-executive directors have met once without the 
presence of the Chairman.

The non-executive directors
The non-executive directors play a key role in providing a solid 
foundation for good corporate governance and ensure that no 
individual or group dominates the board’s decision-making. They 
each occupy or have occupied senior positions in industry or public 
life and bring a valuable external view to the board’s deliberations 
through their experience and insight from other sectors enabling 
them to contribute significantly to board decision-making. The formal 
letters of appointment of non-executive directors are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Re-election of directors
In accordance with the Code’s recommendations, all directors will 
be proposed for election or re-election at the 2012 annual general 
meeting to be held in December.

Board meetings
The board held ten meetings during the year. Periodically, board 
meetings take place overseas, and during the year under review,  
one of the meetings and a Remuneration committee meeting were 
held in Madrid. The board visited the Primark store in Majadahonda, 
Madrid, providing the non-executive directors in particular with the 
opportunity to extend their knowledge of the group and to meet 
local management and other employees. Non-executive directors 
may also make additional visits to our overseas businesses through 
the year. During the year under review Charles Sinclair visited Illovo 
in South Africa where he had meetings with management and 
reviewed its operations.

Senior executives below board level are invited, when appropriate, to 
attend board meetings and to make presentations on the results and 
strategies of their business units. Papers for board and committee 
meetings are generally provided to directors for board and committee 
meetings a week in advance. This allows any director who is unable 
to attend a meeting  to provide comments to the Chairman, the 
chairman of the relevant committee or the Company Secretary,  
who will then relay these comments to the relevant meeting. 

The attendance of the directors at board and committee meetings 
during the year to 15 September 2012 is shown in the table below.

Charles Sinclair

George Weston

John Bason

Emma Adamo1

Tim Clarke

Javier Ferrán2

Lord Jay

Peter Smith

Galen Weston3

Board

10/10

10/10

10/10

7/7

10/10

9/10

10/10

10/10

1/3

Audit 
committee

Nomination 
committee

Remuneration 
committee

–

–

–

–

4/4

–

4/4

4/4

–

1/1

–

–

–

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

–

5/5

–

–

–

5/5

4/5

5/5

5/5

–

1   Emma Adamo was appointed as a non-executive director with effect from  
the conclusion of the annual general meeting held on 9 December 2011. 
2   Javier Ferrán was unable to attend one board meeting and a Remuneration 

committee meeting due to other business and personal commitments. However,  
he reviewed the relevant papers and provided comments to the Chairman 
as appropriate.

3   Galen Weston retired as a non-executive director at the conclusion of the annual 

general meeting held on 9 December 2011.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
41

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Board business 
During the financial year, key activities of the board included:

Strategy 

An annual meeting focusing on group 
strategy.

Governance  
and risk

Approving the Company’s full year and 
interim results.

Making a recommendation on the 2011 
final dividend and approving the 2012 
interim dividend.

Carrying out an annual review of the 
material financial and non-financial risks 
facing the group’s businesses.

Receiving regular divisional food safety 
updates and an annual groupwide update. 

Considering the report from the external 
facilitator following the board performance 
evaluation exercise.

Performance 
monitoring

Receiving regular reports to the board  
from the Chief Executive.

Approving the group budget for the 
2012/13 financial year.

Board performance evaluation
An evaluation to assess the performance of the board as a whole,  
its committees and that of the individual directors is conducted on 
an annual basis with the aim of improving the effectiveness of  
the board and its members and the performance of the group. 

This year’s review was undertaken by an independent external 
facilitator, Stephen Williams, who provided feedback to the 
Chairman. Stephen Williams was previously company secretary  
and general counsel of Unilever plc, senior independent director of 
Bunzl plc and Arriva plc and is currently senior independent director 
of Whitbread plc and a non-executive director of Croda International 
PLC. He has extensive experience of facilitating board evaluations. 
Independently of his services as a board facilitator, he has a 
consultancy appointment with Spencer Stuart. The Chairman  
sat on an advisory board of that company. 

The review took place in the final quarter of the financial year.  
A discussion guide was prepared and circulated to each director  
and the Company Secretary. This included eight topics which 
formed the basic agenda around which each discussion was  
framed and these were as follows: 

(cid:116)(cid:1) board structure, organisation and dynamics, including the mix  
of skills and knowledge, diversity, how the board works as a 
unit and the tone set by the Chairman and Chief Executive;

(cid:116)(cid:1) board efficiency and effectiveness, including individual 

Undertaking goodwill and property, plant 
and equipment impairment reviews.

performance, clarity of the purpose, direction and values of  
the Company, quality of leadership and key board relationships;

Receiving, on a rolling basis,  
management presentations from  
each of the group business areas. 

Receiving feedback on meetings held  
with institutional investors.

(cid:116)(cid:1) risk management and governance;

(cid:116)(cid:1) strategic review and resource allocation;

(cid:116)(cid:1) people issues and succession planning;

(cid:116)(cid:1) business performance, including level and quality  

Corporate  
responsibility

Receiving regular management reports  
on health, safety and environment issues.

People

Various

Receiving update reports on ethical 
sourcing processes.

Receiving an update on the group’s  
anti-bribery policy and procedures.

Appointed Emma Adamo as a 
non-executive director.

Consideration of senior succession 
planning and people development.

Receiving updates on pension-related 
matters.

Meeting management team at 
Majadahonda Primark store in  
Madrid, Spain.

of reporting measures;

(cid:116)(cid:1) board committees; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) key issues for 2013.

The external facilitator undertook a confidential, unattributable 
interview with each director and the Company Secretary based on 
the discussion guide. Following the meetings, the external facilitator 
produced a written report which was discussed with each of the 
Chairman, Senior Independent Director and the Chief Executive, 
before being sent to board members and discussed at the following 
board meeting.

There was a strong sense of progress in implementing proposals 
arising out of the 2011 evaluation.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
42

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Actions implemented arising from 2011 evaluation include:

Objective

Value creation 

Investment returns reviewed.

Strategy development A review of longer term growth 

opportunities.

Risk management

Amount of time devoted to risk issues 
on the board agenda increased.

Succession planning

Continuing.

Based on the results of the evaluation process in 2012, the board 
considered that overall it was operating effectively and that each of 
the directors continues to make a valuable contribution with proper 
commitment to their respective roles. The board’s principal 
committees were also judged to be functioning efficiently 
and effectively.

A list of recommended action points was drawn up and agreed, 
which is being implemented under the direction of the Chairman 
including actions set out in the table below. 

Areas identified for action from the 2012 evaluation include:

Objective

Synergy

Strategy

Risk management

Succession planning

Extend the search for and reporting on 
synergy within the existing group.

Continuing review of longer term 
growth opportunities.

Additional understanding of 
non-financial risks in our businesses.

The need for diversity throughout the 
group, acknowledging its increasing 
geographical spread.

Board development
The Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, is 
responsible for the induction of new directors and the ongoing 
development of directors.

Emma Adamo, who joined the board as a non-executive director on 
9 December 2011, undertook a comprehensive, tailored induction 
programme which included visits to a large number of the group’s 
businesses in the UK and overseas. She also received a directors’ 
information pack providing background information on the 
Company’s businesses and operations, including matters relating  
to corporate governance and corporate responsibility. 

Training and development is provided to all directors at board and 
committee meetings. In addition to any third-party training and 
development which all the directors have undertaken on their own 
behalf or as part of other non-executive directorships and business 
roles during the year under review, board members received regular 
corporate governance updates in their board packs and made visits 
to group operations on a regular basis.

Engaging with shareholders
The board is committed to maintaining and improving dialogue  
with shareholders so that the Company’s objectives and those of 
shareholders are understood. 

The Company communicates its achievements and prospects to  
its shareholders in an accurate and timely manner. The Company 
communicates with its shareholders by way of the interim and 
annual report and accounts, with significant matters relating to the 
trading or development of the business disseminated to the market 
by way of Stock Exchange announcements and by press release and 
postings on the Company’s website. 

The Company continues to promote effective engagement with its 
shareholders and on behalf of the board the Chairman, Chief Executive 
and Finance Director have met institutional shareholders and analysts 
on a regular basis throughout the year to discuss the Company’s 
operation. At each board meeting, the directors are briefed on shareholder 
meetings that have taken place and on the feedback received.

The Senior Independent Director is available to shareholders in the 
event that communication with the Chairman, Chief Executive or 
Finance Director has failed to resolve concerns or where such 
contact is inappropriate.

Annual general meeting
The annual general meeting (AGM) will be held on Friday, 7 December 
2012 at 11.00 am at TUC Congress Centre in London. The board 
views the AGM as an opportunity to communicate with private 
shareholders in particular for whom it provides the opportunity  
to hear about the general development of the business and to ask 
questions of the Chairman and, through him, the chairmen of the 
key committees and other directors. The practice has been for a 
short film to be shown at the meeting explaining a particular area  
of the group’s business. At this year’s AGM, the film focuses on  
the group’s Twinings Ovaltine business. 

The Notice of meeting for the 2012 AGM, which sets out in full the 
resolutions for consideration by shareholders together with explanatory 
notes, has been sent to shareholders and is also available on the 
Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk). Any 
member attending the annual general meeting has the right to ask 
questions. The Company must cause to be answered any such 
question relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting, 
unless it is not in the interests of the Company or the good order of 
the meeting to do so, or if to do so would involve the disclosure of 
confidential information. Shareholders attending the meeting will be 
advised of the number of proxy votes lodged for each resolution. All 
resolutions will be voted on by poll and the results will be announced 
to the London Stock Exchange and posted on the Company’s 
website as soon as practicable following the meeting. 

Accountability and audit
The board is required by the UK Corporate Governance Code to 
present a balanced and understandable assessment of the 
Company’s position and prospects. In relation to this requirement, 
reference is made to the statement of directors’ responsibilities for 
preparing the financial statements set out on page 62 of this annual 
report and accounts.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
43

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The independent auditors’ report on page 63 includes a statement 
by the auditors about their reporting responsibilities. The board 
recognises that its responsibility to present a balanced and 
understandable assessment extends to interim and other 
price-sensitive public reports, reports to regulators, and  
information required to be presented by law.

Governance
The Nomination committee comprises a minimum of three 
members at any time, a majority of whom are independent 
non-executive directors. A quorum shall consist of two members 
being either two independent non-executive directors or one 
independent non-executive director and the Chairman.

Executive directors, members of senior management and other 
parties may be invited to attend meetings as appropriate. 

The Chairman does not chair the Nomination committee when  
it is dealing with the appointment of his successor. In these 
circumstances the committee is chaired by an independent 
non-executive director elected by the remaining members. 

The committee may take independent professional advice on any 
matters covered by its terms of reference at the Company’s expense. 

The committee chairman reports the outcome of meetings to  
the board.

The committee’s effectiveness is reviewed on an annual basis  
as part of the board’s performance evaluation process.

The full terms of reference of the Nomination committee, which 
were reviewed and updated during the year, can be viewed on the 
Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk).

Meetings
The committee met once during the year under review.

Activities during the year
The principal actions undertaken by the committee in the period 
under review are set out below.

Emma Adamo was appointed as a non-executive director from the 
conclusion of the Company’s last AGM held on 9 December 2011. 
Ms Adamo is a director of Wittington Investments Limited, the 
Company’s majority shareholder, and she has been appointed to 
represent this shareholding on the board. She replaces Galen 
Weston in this role following his retirement as a non-executive 
director also at the conclusion of the Company’s 2011 AGM. For  
this reason, neither an external search agency nor open advertising 
was used in Ms Adamo’s appointment. Prior to her appointment,  
Ms Adamo had meetings with the Chairman, the Chief Executive 
and with the Nomination committee. She was then invited to meet 
the full board and attended a number of board meetings. Ms Adamo 
was educated at Stanford University and INSEAD in France. She 
spent six years working for George Weston Limited in Canada.

The committee reviewed the time needed to fulfil the roles of 
Chairman, Senior Independent Director and non-executive director 
and was satisfied, following the conclusion of the annual board 
evaluation, that all members of the board are devoting sufficient  
time to their duties. 

Business model
The Operating review on pages 16 to 29 includes a description  
of the Company’s business model for sustainable growth for each 
division of the business. This provides an explanation of the basis  
on which the group generates value and preserves it over the long 
term and its strategy for delivering its objectives.

Going concern
After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the group have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, and in accordance with the guidance contained in the 
document titled ‘Going Concern and Liquidity Risk: Guidance for 
Directors of UK Companies 2009’ published by the FRC, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual 
report and accounts.

Nomination committee report
Members
During the year and at the date of this report:

Charles Sinclair (Chairman)

Tim Clarke

Javier Ferrán

Lord Jay 

Peter Smith

Key duties
In accordance with its terms of reference, the Nomination 
committee’s key duties include:

(cid:116)(cid:1) leading the process for board appointments and making 

recommendations to the board;

(cid:116)(cid:1) regularly reviewing the board structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, independence, experience 
and diversity), recommending any changes; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) considering plans for orderly succession for appointments  
to the board and to senior management to maintain an 
appropriate balance of skills and experience within the 
Company and to ensure progressive refreshment of the board; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) keeping under review the leadership needs of the group,  

both executive and non-executive, to ensure the continued 
ability of the group organisation to compete efficiently in  
the marketplace; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) before any appointment is made by the board, evaluating  
the skills, knowledge, experience, independence and  
diversity on the board and, in light of this evaluation,  
preparing a description of the role and capabilities  
required for a particular appointment.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
44

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Audit committee report
Members
During the year and at the date of this report:

Peter Smith (Chairman)

Tim Clarke

Lord Jay 

Key duties
In accordance with its terms of reference, the Audit committee’s 
key duties include:

(cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring the integrity of the group’s financial statements 
and any formal announcements relating to the Company’s 
performance, reviewing significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them before their submission  
to the board for approval;

(cid:116)(cid:1) reviewing the group’s internal financial controls, including the 

policies and overall process for assessing established systems 
of internal financial control and timeliness and effectiveness of 
corrective action taken by management; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) overseeing the group’s arrangements for the prevention and 

detection of fraud, and whistleblowing; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring and reviewing the role and effectiveness of the 
group’s internal audit function in the context of the group’s 
overall financial risk management system; and 

(cid:116)(cid:1) overseeing the relationship with the group’s external auditors, 

including reviewing and monitoring their objectivity and 
independence, and agreeing the scope of their work and  
fees paid to them for audit and non-audit services.

Governance
The Audit committee comprises a minimum of three members, all 
of whom are independent non-executive directors of the Company. 
Two members constitute a quorum. Appointments are for a period 
of three years after which they are subject to annual review, 
extendable by two further three-year periods so long as members 
continue to be independent.

The committee structure requires the inclusion of one financially 
qualified member (as recognised by the Consultative Committee of 
Accountancy Bodies) with recent and relevant financial experience. 
Currently, the committee chairman fulfils this requirement. All 
committee members are expected to be financially literate and  
to have an understanding of the following areas:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the principles of, and developments in, financial reporting 

including the applicable accounting standards and statements 
of recommended practice;

(cid:116)(cid:1) key aspects of the Company’s operations including corporate 

policies and the group’s internal control environment;

(cid:116)(cid:1) matters which may influence the presentation of accounts  

and key figures;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the principles of, and developments in, company law, sector-

specific laws and other relevant corporate legislation;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the role of internal and external auditing and risk management; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) the regulatory framework for the group’s businesses.

The committee invites the Group Finance Director, Group Financial 
Controller, Director of Financial Control and senior representatives  
of the external auditors to attend its meetings in full, although it 
reserves the right to request any of these individuals to withdraw. 
Other senior managers are invited to present such reports as are 
required for the committee to discharge its duties.

During the year, the committee held three meetings with the 
external auditors without any executive member of the board 
being present.

The committee has unrestricted access to Company documents  
and information, as well as to employees of the Company and  
the external auditors. 

The committee may take independent professional advice on  
any matters covered by its terms of reference at the 
Company’s expense. 

The committee chairman reports the outcome of meetings to  
the board.

The committee’s effectiveness is reviewed on an annual basis  
as part of the board’s performance evaluation process.

The full terms of reference of the Audit committee, which were 
reviewed and updated during the year, can be viewed on the 
Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
45

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Meetings
The Audit committee met four times during the year and has  
an agenda linked to events in the group’s financial calendar. 

Activities during the year 
In order to fulfil its terms of reference, the Audit committee receives 
and reviews presentations and reports from the group’s senior 
management, consulting as necessary with the external auditors.

During the year, the committee formally reviewed draft interim  
and annual reports and associated announcements. These 
reviews considered:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted in the 
group’s financial statements and proposed changes to them;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the integrity of the financial statements, including a review of 

important accounting issues, areas of complexity and significant 
financial reporting judgements;

(cid:116)(cid:1) litigation and contingent liabilities affecting the group; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) potential tax contingencies and the group’s compliance with 

statutory tax obligations.

The committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
control environment, controls over financial reporting and the group’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. To fulfil these 
duties, the committee reviewed:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ management letters and audit highlights 

memoranda;

(cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit reports on key audit areas and significant 

deficiencies in the financial control environment;

(cid:116)(cid:1) reports on the systems of internal financial controls and risk 

Typically, the committee will approve the use of the external auditors 
to provide: accounting advice and training; employee benefit plan 
audits; corporate responsibility, IT and other assurance services; due 
diligence in respect of acquisitions and disposals; certain specified 
tax services including tax compliance, tax planning and related 
implementation advice; and certain other services when it is in the 
best interests of the Company to do so and they can be undertaken 
without jeopardising auditor independence. No individually significant 
non-audit assignments that would require disclosure were 
undertaken in the financial year.

The Company has a policy that any recruits hired directly from the 
external auditors must be pre-approved by the Group HR Director, 
and the Group Finance Director or Group Financial Controller.

The Audit committee has formally reviewed the independence  
of its auditors. KPMG Audit Plc have provided a letter confirming  
that they believe they remain independent within the meaning of  
the regulations on this matter and in accordance with their 
professional standards. 

To fulfil its responsibility to ensure the independence of the external 
auditors, the Audit committee reviewed:

(cid:116)(cid:1) changes in external audit executives in the audit plan for the 

current year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) a report from the external auditors describing their 

arrangements to identify, report and manage any conflicts  
of interest; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) the extent of non-audit services provided by the external 

auditors.

To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the committee 
reviewed:

management; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and 

(cid:116)(cid:1) reports on fraud perpetrated against the group.

The Audit committee is responsible for the development, 
implementation and monitoring of policies and procedures on the 
use of the external auditors for non-audit services, in accordance 
with professional and regulatory requirements. These policies are 
kept under review to meet the objective of ensuring that the group 
benefits in a cost-effective manner from the cumulative knowledge 
and experience of its auditors whilst also ensuring that the auditors 
maintain the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. 
Consequently, any non-audit work to be undertaken by the auditor  
in excess of £300,000 is required to be authorised by the chairman 
of the Audit committee and the Group Finance Director prior to its 
commencement. Individual assignments less than £300,000 are 
approved by the Group Finance Director. The aggregate expenditure 
with the group auditors is reviewed by the Audit committee.

variations from it; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) reports highlighting the major issues that arose during the 

course of the audit; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) feedback from the businesses evaluating the performance  

of each assigned audit team; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) a report from the Audit Inspection Unit of the Financial 

Reporting Council (FRC).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
46

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The Audit committee holds private meetings with the external 
auditors after each committee meeting to review key issues within 
their sphere of interest and responsibility.

To fulfil its responsibility for oversight of the external audit process, 
the Audit committee reviewed:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the terms, areas of responsibility, associated duties and scope 
of the audit as set out in the external auditors’ engagement 
letter for the forthcoming year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ overall work plan for the forthcoming year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ fee proposal;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the major issues that arose during the course of the audit and 

their resolution;

The Audit committee has noted the changes to the UK Corporate 
Governance Code introduced by the FRC in September 2012 and,  
in particular, the requirement contained in the Guidance on Audit 
Committees to put the external audit contract out to tender at least 
every ten years. The new Code is effective for accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 October 2012 but the FRC has proposed 
possible transitional arrangements with respect to audit tendering 
(including a suggestion that tendering should normally fit the five 
yearly cycle of partner rotation) which will be considered by the 
Audit committee.

The total fees paid to KPMG Audit Plc for the year ended  
15 September 2012 were £8.7m of which £3.0m related to 
non-audit work. Further details are provided in note 2 to the  
financial statements.

(cid:116)(cid:1) key accounting and audit judgements;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the level of errors identified during the audit; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) recommendations made by the external auditors in their 
management letters and the adequacy of management’s 
response.

Consideration is also given by the Audit committee to the need to 
include the risk of the withdrawal of the external auditors from the 
market in its risk evaluation and planning.

Although KPMG Audit Plc has been the Company’s auditor for  
many years, KPMG periodically changes its audit partners at a group, 
divisional and country level, in accordance with professional and 
regulatory standards in order to protect independence and objectivity 
and provide fresh challenge to the business. Such changes are 
carefully planned to ensure that the Company benefits from 
continuity of staffing without incurring undue risk or inefficiency.

Stephen Oxley completed his five-year term as KPMG lead audit 
partner, allowable under auditing standards, at the conclusion of  
the audit last year. His successor, Richard Pinckard, is expected to 
continue as lead audit partner until the conclusion of the 2016 audit. 
Mr Pinckard was required by the Audit committee to undertake a 
detailed review of the external audit arrangements across the group. 
This included a review of senior audit executives and he presented 
his findings and recommendations to the committee. As part of  
the normal partner rotation arrangements, four divisional audit 
executives changed during the year.

The Audit committee is satisfied with the auditors’ effectiveness  
and independence and has not considered it necessary this year to 
conduct a tender process for the appointment of its auditors. Having 
carried out the review described above and having satisfied itself 
that the external auditors remain independent and effective, the 
Audit committee has recommended to the board that KPMG Audit 
Plc be reappointed as the Company’s external auditor for 2012/2013. 

Internal audit function
The Audit committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to the adequacy of the resourcing and plans 
of internal audit. To fulfil these duties, the committee reviewed:

(cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit’s reporting lines and access to the committee  

and all members of the board;

(cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit’s plans and its achievement of the planned activity;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the results of key audits and other significant findings, the 
adequacy of management’s response and the timeliness  
of resolution;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the appointment of the replacement for the retiring Director  

of Financial Control;

(cid:116)(cid:1) statistics on staff numbers, qualifications and experience,  

and timeliness of reporting;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the level and nature of non-audit activity performed by internal 

audit; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) changes since the last annual assessment in the nature and 
extent of significant financial risks and the group’s ability to 
respond to changes in its business and the external 
environment.

The group’s whistleblowing policy contains arrangements for  
the Company Secretary to receive, in confidence, complaints on 
accounting, risk issues, internal controls, auditing issues and related 
matters for reporting to the Audit committee as appropriate.

The group’s anti-fraud policy has been communicated to all 
employees and states that all employees have a responsibility  
for fraud prevention and detection. Any suspicion of fraud should  
be reported immediately and will be investigated vigorously.

The chairman of the Audit committee will be present at the  
annual general meeting to answer questions on this report,  
matters within the scope of the committee’s responsibilities  
and any significant matters brought to the committee’s attention  
by the external auditors.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
47

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Financial reporting
Detailed management accounts are prepared every four  
weeks, consolidated in a single system and reviewed by senior 
management and the board. They include a comprehensive  
set of financial reports and key performance indicators covering 
commercial, operational, environmental and people issues. 
Performance against budgets and forecasts is discussed regularly  
at board meetings and at meetings between operational and group 
management. The adequacy and suitability of key performance 
indicators is reviewed regularly. All chief executives and finance 
directors of the group’s operations are asked to sign an annual 
confirmation that their business has complied with the Group 
Accounting Manual in the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements and specifically to confirm the adequacy and accuracy  
of accounting provisions. 

Internal audit
The group’s businesses employ internal auditors (both employees 
and resources provided by Ernst & Young where appropriate) with 
skills and experience relevant to the operation of each business.  
All of the internal audit activities are co-ordinated centrally by the 
group’s Director of Financial Control, who is accountable to the  
Audit committee.

All group businesses are required to comply with the group’s 
financial control framework that sets out minimum control standards. 
A key function of the group’s internal audit resources is to undertake 
audits to ensure compliance with the financial control framework 
and make recommendations for improvement in controls where 
appropriate. Internal audit also conducts regular reviews to ensure 
that risk management procedures and controls are observed. The 
Audit committee receives regular reports on the results of internal 
audit’s work and monitors the status of recommendations arising. 
The committee reviews annually the adequacy, qualifications and 
experience of the group’s internal audit resources and the nature  
and scope of internal audit activity in the overall context of the 
group’s risk management system set out below. The Director of 
Financial Control meets with the chairman of the committee as 
appropriate but at least annually, without the presence of executive 
management, and has direct access to the Chairman of the board. 
He also meets at least annually with the Audit committee, without 
the presence of executive management.

Internal control
The board acknowledges its responsibilities for the group’s system 
of internal control to facilitate the identification, assessment and 
management of risk, the protection of shareholders’ investments 
and the group’s assets. The directors recognise that they are 
responsible for providing a return to shareholders, which is 
consistent with the responsible assessment and mitigation of risks.

Effective controls ensure that the group’s exposure to avoidable risk 
is minimised, that proper accounting records are maintained, that the 
financial information used within the business is reliable and that the 
consolidated accounts preparation and financial reporting processes 
comply with all relevant regulatory reporting requirements. The 
dynamics of the group and the environment within which it operates 
are continually evolving together with its exposure to risk. The 
system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
assets being unprotected and to guard against their unauthorised 
use and the failure to achieve business objectives. Internal controls 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The directors confirm that there is a process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the risks faced by the group and the 
operational effectiveness of the related controls, which has been  
in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of 
the annual report and accounts. They also confirm that they have 
regularly reviewed the system of internal controls utilising the  
review process set out below. 

Standards
There are guidelines on the minimum groupwide requirements  
for health and safety and environmental standards. There are also 
guidelines on the minimum level of internal control that each of the 
divisions should exercise over specified processes. Each business 
has developed and documented policies and procedures to comply 
with the minimum control standards established, including 
procedures for monitoring compliance and taking corrective action. 
The board of each business is required to confirm bi-annually that  
it has complied with these policies and procedures.

High level controls
All operations prepare annual operating plans and budgets which  
are updated regularly. Performance against budget is monitored  
at operational level and centrally, with variances being reported 
promptly. The cash position at group and operational level is 
monitored constantly and variances from expected levels are 
investigated thoroughly. 

Clearly defined guidelines have been established for capital 
expenditure and investment decisions. These include the  
preparation of budgets, appraisal and review procedures  
and delegated authority levels.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
48

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Principal risks and uncertainties
Each business is responsible for its own risk management 
assessment which is reported to the group’s Director of Financial 
Control annually. Our decentralised business model empowers the 
boards and management of our businesses to identify, evaluate and 
manage the risks they face on a timely basis. Key risks and internal 
control procedures are reviewed at group level by the board.

We require all businesses to implement appropriate levels of risk 
management to ensure compliance with all relevant legislation,  
our group health, safety and environment policies, our overriding 
business principles and group policies relating to them, taking into 
account business needs and local circumstances.

Each business is responsible for regularly assessing its health, safety 
and environmental risks with managers, operators, contracting 
companies and specialist staff working together to identify hazards. 
Appropriate operational procedures and controls are put in place  
to mitigate risks and all employees are provided with appropriate 
information, training and supervision. Further details of our risk 
mitigation activities can be found in our Corporate Responsibility 
report at www.abf.co.uk/cr-risks.

The board reviews annually the material financial and non-financial 
risks facing our businesses and, on a rolling cycle basis, reviews the 
effectiveness of the risk management process and the resources that 
our individual businesses devote to them. The principal risks currently 
identified by our businesses and reviewed by the board are:

PEOPLE

Issue

Risk

Mitigation

Product safety

Reputational damage caused by food  
hygiene or safety incidents. 

Non-compliance with regulatory 
requirements.

Food safety put before economic considerations.

Our businesses employ quality control specialists and operate 
strict policies to ensure consistently high standards are maintained 
in addition to the sourcing and handling of raw materials.

Food safety systems regularly reviewed to ensure efficacy and 
legal compliance.

Quality and food safety audits are undertaken at our 
manufacturing sites.

Documented and tested product recall procedures are embedded 
in all our businesses and regularly reviewed.

We proactively monitor the regulatory and legislative environment 
as well as emerging scientific research.

Health and 
nutrition

Health concerns over certain ingredients 
in food.

Our recipes are regularly reviewed and reformulation is conducted 
as necessary to optimise the nutritional profile of products.

Our UK Grocery group has signed the UK government’s 
‘Responsibility Deal on Public Health’ and associated pledges  
to reduce salt, remove trans fats and promote healthy eating  
and lifestyle options to our employees. 

% Guideline Daily Amount labelling or equivalent nutritional 
information is provided to consumers in the UK and Australia.

Our UK Grocery portfolio contains only a small number of 
products specifically intended for children. These products are 
marketed responsibly, following accepted codes of practice and 
within the parameters of a clear, operational business policy.

Group health and safety policy in place. 

Increased financial investment in health and safety management. 
Information and guidance provided to our businesses.

Internal and external audits of health, safety and management 
reporting extended.

International Labour Organization conventions are taken into 
account and we strive to observe the UN Universal Declaration  
of Human Rights in the management of all businesses. 

Staff throughout the group are recruited, trained and rewarded 
according to performance alone.

Groupwide whistleblowing policy in place and kept under review.

Inappropriate advertising to children.

Workplace health 
and safety

Potential for fatal accidents and serious 
injuries to employees and visitors.

Employee rights

Non-compliance with internationally 
recognised standards.

Inability to recruit and retain high-calibre 
people at all levels necessary to achieve 
business performance targets and maintain 
profitable growth.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

PEOPLE

Issue

Management 
succession

Risk

Mitigation

Failure to plan for succession to key roles 
could lead to a lack of management  
continuity and sub-optimal operational  
or financial performance. 

Each business has a succession plan which is reviewed with 
group management twice a year, and with the board, annually.

Development of our senior managers is co-ordinated by the Group 
HR Director and the Head of Executive Development.

A small number of executive search companies have been briefed 
to introduce us to talented executives from other companies who 
could add value to the group.

Input costs, 
suppliers and 
supply chain 
reliability

Damage to brands caused by supply chain 
weakness e.g. poor conditions for workers.

Disruption to raw material supplies and 
production caused by problems with 
suppliers, natural disasters and other 
incidents.

Extensive audit programme for labour standards of suppliers.

Continued work, in partnership with suppliers and NGOs,  
to improve working conditions e.g. via training.

Business continuity and disaster recovery planning regularly 
reviewed.

Ethical business 
practices

Penalties imposed or reputational damage 
suffered through bribery, corruption or  
unfair competition.

All group businesses required to sign up to the group’s Business 
Principles and Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy with training 
provided to all staff.

Reputational damage.

Businesses work co-operatively to ensure visibility of reputational 
risk within supply chains and draw upon best practice management 
expertise across the group including Primark and Twinings.

ENVIRONMENT

Issue

Risk

Mitigation

Climate change

Long-term increase in energy prices.

Compliance with the group’s environment policy.

Physical threats to operations from climate 
change e.g. flooding. 

Altered weather patterns affecting crop 
productivity.

Best available techniques employed to reduce energy 
consumption – statutory requirement for all sites subject  
to the EU’s Pollution Prevention and Control regime.

Own electricity generated where possible, e.g. through combined 
heat and power plants and use of bagasse (waste sugar cane fibre). 

Agricultural raw materials sourced from a wide range of 
geographical locations and suppliers.

Substantial investment to improve environmental risk 
management and energy efficiency.

Air pollution

Unacceptable impact on environment and 
offence caused to local communities by 
emissions to air.

Plant and process changes assessed in advance before 
authorisation sought. As a minimum, comply with emission 
standards in country of operation.

Disposal of waste 
and waste water 

Legal sanction and reputational damage 
because of non-compliance with  
regulations and licences.

Responsibility assigned to senior executives in all businesses  
and specialists employed. As a minimum, comply with standards 
in country of operation. 

Water availability Water shortages and increased cost  

of water.

Our UK Grocery group supports the Courtauld 2 Commitment to 
reduce packaging waste, the Food and Drink Federation ‘Fivefold 
Environmental Ambition’ and the Institute of Grocery Distribution 
‘Water Savings Initiative’.

Waste reduced, re-used or recycled wherever practicable.

Water-intensive sites in areas of water stress identified, and 
efforts focused on water reduction in these areas.

Investing heavily in the quality of our water usage data to enable 
improved monitoring and management of our water use.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
50

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

ENVIRONMENT

Issue

Risk

Mitigation

Resource efficiency Unnecessary costs from inefficient use  

Use of raw materials optimised.

of natural resources.

Packaging waste minimised consistent with food safety  
and product protection.

Fuel consumption in transport minimised.

Palm oil

Reputational damage from unsustainable 
sourcing of palm oil. 

Group policy introduced to buy all palm oil from sustainable 
sources by 2015.

Genetically 
modified (GM) crops

Consumer concern over use of GM  
food ingredients.

Recognised as a sensitive issue for some consumers and  
trends monitored by market.

FINANCIAL AND REGULATORY 

Issue

Risk

Competition rules

Global economic 
slowdown and 
changing consumer 
demand

Financial, currency 
and commodity 
risks

Penalties for failing to comply with 1998 
Competition Act, the 2003 Enterprise Act, 
relevant EU law and all relevant competition 
legislation.

Demand for our products declines due to 
uncertainty over economic outlook and 
impact on disposable incomes.

Loss sustained as a result of failure of  
internal controls or fraud, and exposure  
to foreign currencies, interest rates,  
counterparty credit risk, liquidity risk,  
and changes in market prices especially  
for energy and commodities.

Mitigation

Clear policy direction and close support from specialist in-house 
legal department. 

Compulsory awareness training.

Mitigated by diversity of business portfolio and geographic reach. 

Substantial investment in research and development, product 
quality, advertising and promotion, and focus on cost 
management.

Adherence to the group’s financial control framework and 
anti-fraud policy.

Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of 
board-approved policies and guidelines.

Sufficient funding is maintained by way of external loans and 
committed bank facilities which are renewed or extended on a 
timely basis having regard to the group’s projected funding needs.

Financial transactions are dealt through financial institutions with  
a credit rating of A or better. Details of the group’s accounting and 
risk management policies with respect to financial instruments 
and associated quantitative and qualitative disclosures are set  
out in note 24 on pages [93-104].

Tax compliance

Failure to comply with local tax law  
resulting in underpayment of tax and 
exposure to related interest and penalties.

The group has a financial control framework and a board-adopted 
tax policy requiring all businesses to comply fully with all relevant 
local tax law.

Loss of a major site

The loss of one of our key sites could  
present significant operational difficulties.

Provision is made for known issues based on management’s 
interpretation of country-specific tax law and the likely outcome. 
Any interest and penalties on tax issues are provided for in  
the tax charge.

Our businesses have business continuity plans in place to 
manage the impact of such an event and group insurance 
programmes to mitigate the financial consequences.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL AND REGULATORY 

Issue

Risk

Regulatory and 
political

Failure to recognise political or cultural 
differences in the many countries in which  
we operate could directly impact the  
success of our operations. 

Mitigation

We remain vigilant to future changes and the increased risk 
presented by emerging markets.

We engage with governments and NGOs to ensure the views  
of our stakeholders are represented and we try to anticipate,  
and contribute to, important changes in public policy.

Our financial control requirements are consistently applied 
wherever we operate.

Proposals to end sugar quotas in 2015.

We are exploring alternative options with EU policymakers.

Major capital 
projects and 
acquisitions

Risk of overspending initial cost estimates, 
overrunning construction timelines and  
failure to meet design specifications.

All major projects are managed by dedicated teams who work  
in close liaison with business management. 

Project plans are reviewed and approved by group management 
and, for larger projects, by the board. Updates on progress are 
provided throughout the project.

51

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

REMUNERATION REPORT

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

Introduction
2011/12 was a very good trading year for the group with adjusted 
operating profit and adjusted earnings per share substantially ahead 
of last year. These excellent results have been achieved despite 
some continuing operational challenges and difficult trading 
conditions experienced by one or two of our businesses, as well as 
a non-cash charge of £98m for the impairment of assets in George 
Weston Foods in Australia. 

The performance graph below illustrates the performance of the 
Company over the past five years from September 2007 to September 
2012, in terms of total shareholder return compared with that of the 
companies comprising the FTSE 100 index. This index has been 
selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies.

Year-on-year TSR – ABF v FTSE 100 (2007 = 100)

(cid:116)(cid:1) ensure that the executive directors and first line and second line 
executives are provided with appropriate, stretching incentives 
to encourage enhanced performance and are, in a fair and 
responsible manner, rewarded for their contributions to the 
long-term success of the Company; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) review the remuneration trends across the Company or group 

when determining the remuneration policy for executive directors; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) consider and determine all elements of the remuneration of the 
executive directors, receiving advisory information on the same 
in relation to the remuneration of the first line executives;

(cid:116)(cid:1) approve the design, determine targets for and monitor the operation 
of any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Company, 
and approve total annual payments under such schemes; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) consider and determine other provisions of the service agreements 
of the executive directors and ensure that contractual terms on 
termination, and any payments made, are fair to the individual and 
the Company and that failure is not rewarded and loss is mitigated. 

ABF

Remuneration policy
The overall remuneration policy of the Company aims to:

(cid:116)(cid:1) provide alignment between remuneration and the Company’s 

business objectives;

FTSE 100

(cid:116)(cid:1) align executive rewards with shareholder value;

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

At close of business on 14 September 2012, the last trading day 
before the end of the financial year, the market value of the Company’s 
ordinary shares was 1275p. During the previous 12 months, the 
price ranged from 1069p to 1336p.

The Remuneration committee
The Remuneration committee is responsible to the board for 
determining the remuneration policy for executive directors, together 
with the specific terms and conditions of employment of each individual 
director, and for reviewing the overall policy for executive remuneration. 

The government has announced new remuneration reporting 
proposals, the aim of which is to improve transparency of reporting 
in the area of executive pay and to give shareholders greater power 
over future pay policy. The Remuneration committee welcomes 
these developments and, in the coming year, will be reviewing its 
remuneration practices and reporting in light of these proposed 
reforms. This report has been split into ‘policy’ and ‘implementation’ 
sections to reflect the proposed reforms.

The board has recently reviewed the remit of the Remuneration 
committee. In summary it has agreed that the Remuneration 
committee will: 

(cid:116)(cid:1) determine and agree the framework or broad policy for the 

remuneration of the Chairman and the executive directors of  
the Company; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) determine the framework or broad policy for the remuneration 
for the first line and second line reports to the Chief Executive 
and approve individual remuneration decisions when proposed 
arrangements fall outside the broad policy for remuneration; 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

(cid:116)(cid:1) attract and retain high-calibre executive directors;

(cid:116)(cid:1) motivate executive directors to achieve challenging 
performance levels and reward them for so doing;

(cid:116)(cid:1) recognise both individual and corporate achievement; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) reflect the diversity of the group’s interests.

The remuneration of executive directors is determined by the 
Remuneration committee taking into account group performance, 
individual performance and competitive market practice as well as 
the pay and conditions of the group’s UK employees. The total 
annual remuneration of executive directors comprises base salary,  
a cash bonus, shares granted under a long-term incentive scheme, 
pension provisions and other benefits.

The Remuneration committee continues to believe that a substantial 
element of compensation should be ‘at risk’ in order to drive and 
reward performance and to align better the interests of executives 
with those of shareholders. The proportion of variable pay in the 
form of annual performance bonus and long-term incentives 
compared to base salary for executive directors is unchanged at 
around 1.6 to 1 for ‘on target’ performance. No increase in incentive 
awards is proposed for 2012/13.

The composition of the executive directors’ remuneration packages 
for ‘on target’ and maximum performance is set out below:

Executive directors – composition of overall package (%)

Maximum

On target

Threshold

0

100

200

300

400

500

Base salary

Annual bonus

Long-term incentive

 
 
 
 
 
 
53

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

First line reports to the Chief Executive and other senior executives are also rewarded broadly within the same overall remuneration policy 
as executive directors, in order to ensure fairness and common purpose across the group. Other executives therefore participate in 
incentive arrangements similar to those of the executive directors, but with lower levels of potential payout. The proportion of variable pay 
to base salary for first line executives is unchanged at around 1 to 1 for ‘on-target’ performance. No changes to incentive yields or structures 
are proposed for 2012/13.

Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed in relation to median market data for comparable companies in terms of size, market sector and complexity. Other 
considerations are individual experience, performance, and scope of responsibility. The committee also receives an annual update from the Group 
HR Director concerning the level of increases awarded to UK employees across the group. Base salaries are normally reviewed on an annual basis 
or following a significant change in responsibilities.

Annual bonus
Executive directors and other senior executives are eligible to participate in an annual cash-based bonus scheme with payments based on 
the achievement of stretching financial targets and personal performance assessed against individual short and medium-term objectives. 

The group comprises a very diverse set of businesses which are required to deliver financial progress over both the short and long term. 
Financial targets for all executives are set on a business-by-business basis and reflect what can be directly influenced and the area of work 
for which each executive is accountable. Adjusted operating profit and working capital were chosen as the prime financial measures as they 
are common metrics which are used across the group on a day-to-day basis to drive and monitor business performance. 

At the start of the financial year, budgeted operating profit is set as the ‘on target’ performance level, and the Remuneration committee 
determines the range of operating profit at which minimum and maximum incentive payouts will be made. Similarly, the target and range for 
average working capital as a percentage of sales is determined at the start of the financial year. This metric is used as a multiplier to the 
bonus achieved for adjusted operating profit, whereby that bonus can be enhanced or reduced by up to 20%.

The maximum annual performance bonus opportunity for executive directors in 2011/12 was 150% of base salary. Of that 150%, up to 
130% of base salary may be paid for achievement of financial results as outlined above, and up to 20% of base salary may be paid for 
achievement of specific personal objectives. Bonuses to be paid to each of the executive directors for the personal element are based  
on an assessment of their individual performance against specific objectives for the appropriate financial year. 

‘On target’ financial performance will yield a bonus of half the maximum financial payout, and two thirds of the potential personal 
performance element will be deemed ‘on target’, giving an overall total of around 78% of base salary for ‘on target’ performance.

The structure and value of the annual performance bonus is shown below:

Structure and value of executive directors’ annual performance bonus 

Financial results

Personal element

Total bonus

Maximum
On target
Threshold

Payout based 
on operating
profit only
108.3%
65.0%
15.0%

Modification
to payout based
on average
working capital 
x 1.2
x 1.0
x 0.8

Overall 
financial 
payout
130.0%
65.0% Plus
12.0%

20.0%
13.3% =

0.0%

150.0%
78.3%
12.0%

The Remuneration committee regularly reviews the annual performance bonus plans for both executive directors and for other groups of 
executives below board level to ensure that remuneration packages remain at a level sufficient to attract and retain high-calibre individuals. 
No changes to annual performance bonus plans are proposed for 2012/13. 

Long-term incentives
Long-term incentives are paid in shares to reward long-term business growth and to promote executive retention. The Associated British 
Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the Share Incentive Plan’) was established following shareholder approval at the 2003 annual 
general meeting. This plan provides for long-term awards to be made in the form of conditional allocations of shares, subject to agreed 
performance targets being satisfied over a specified three-year period.

Since 2006, annual allocations of conditional shares have been made to executive directors and other senior executives, thereby creating  
a series of overlapping three-year performance periods. The first four allocations to executive directors had a maximum face value of 125%  
of base salary. In December 2010, following agreement from shareholders at the annual general meeting, the maximum grant level under 
the Share Incentive Plan was increased to 200% of base salary. This increase was to ensure that long-term incentive plan opportunities 
remained competitive and commensurate with the increased size, complexity and international reach of the organisation. The share 
allocations made to executive directors in 2010 and 2011 were at 200% of base salary. No further changes to the long-term incentive  
plan yields are planned at the present time.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
54

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

Since 2006 group performance for the Share Incentive Plan has 
been measured against an absolute range of 5% to 11% compound 
annual growth in adjusted earnings per share. Adjusted earnings  
per share remains the measure chosen for long-term group 
incentives because:

(cid:116)(cid:1) it reflects the group’s objective of sustained long-term  

earnings growth;

(cid:116)(cid:1) it is a measure which is well understood both by participants 

and shareholders;

(cid:116)(cid:1) it is a published figure with limited adjustments; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) it encompasses the diverse nature of the group.

An absolute, rather than a relative measure is used, as the group is  
a global business for which UK inflation factors are of limited impact.

Other financial measures have been considered, but found to be 
unhelpful or inappropriate. Measures which require testing against  
a group of companies, for example, relative TSR, are difficult to use 
given the problem of finding appropriate comparator companies. 
Cash flow or return measures have been considered, but these are 
to some extent already encompassed within the earnings per share 
measure, are likely to require many adjustments over a three-year 
period, and may reward volatility and thus detract from a direct 
growth measure.

Under the current terms of the Share Incentive Plan, the sixth allocation 
of conditional shares will be made on or after 23 November 2012 for 
the new performance period September 2012 to September 2015. 

The Remuneration committee has reviewed the performance criteria 
and has determined that this allocation should again be measured 
against an absolute range of 5% to 11% compound annual growth  
in adjusted earnings per share. In setting long-term targets, the 
Remuneration committee has taken into account the volatility 
present in many of the markets in which the group operates, as well 
as the scale of investments made in the pursuit of long-term growth. 
The Remuneration committee believes that the 5% to 11% compound 
annual growth range remains achievable but stretching over the next 
three-year period. 

When the LTIP arrangements were amended in 2006 and annual 
share allocations were introduced, the new Share Incentive Plan  
was designed to pay out an average of around 50% of the maximum 
long-term incentive plan opportunity each year over time. Given the 
results of the LTIP scheme to date, analysts’ forecasts and the internal 
forecasts for the next few years, the Remuneration committee 
considers that this ‘on target’ expectation is achievable, and should 
provide a fair but stretching incentive for executives.

Structure and value of executive directors’ long-term  
Share Incentive Plan

Maximum
Cut in

Award as 
% of base
 salary
200%
20%

Adjusted
 earnings 
per share
11%
5%

Long-term incentives for first and second line executives with 
divisional responsibility are largely measured against adjusted 
operating profit and working capital targets, rather than group 
adjusted earnings per share, and individual business performance 
targets are set at the beginning of each three-year cycle by reference 
to the specific business for which each executive is directly 
responsible. The level of long-term share awards for divisional 
executives therefore depends on the level of performance achieved 
in each business.

Shareholding requirement
In 2010, at the same time as approving increases to the maximum 
grant levels under the Share Incentive Plan, the Remuneration 
committee also agreed that those executives who most closely 
influence the sustained long-term growth of the Company should  
be required to demonstrate their commitment to the Company by 
aligning their personal interests to the success of the group and its 
shareholders. Consequently, from 2013 executive directors and all 
first line reports to the Chief Executive are expected to build and 
maintain a shareholding in the Company to a value at least equal to 
their pre-tax base salary. In order to achieve this target, executives 
will be required to retain at least 50% of any post-tax shares vesting 
each year from 2013, until such time as the appropriate level of 
shareholding has been reached and then to manage their 
shareholding in such a way as to continue to meet the requirement.

Other executives participating in the Share Incentive Plan are now 
encouraged to build up a beneficial interest in the Company, but are 
not required to do so. No further changes are planned at the  
present time.

Pensions
The Remuneration committee aims to ensure that retirement 
benefits are in line with best practice standards adopted by major 
companies in continental Europe and the United Kingdom.

The Company provides a final salary, defined benefit arrangement 
for executives who were employed before the scheme was closed 
to new entrants in October 2002. This scheme is designed to 
provide retirement benefits of around two thirds of final pensionable 
salary at normal retirement age. Executives employed after this date 
benefit from defined contribution arrangements. Both schemes are 
HM Revenue & Customs approved.

Following recent governmental changes regarding the taxation of 
pensions and the potential impact that any proposals would have on 
high earners, the Company introduced flexible accrual and contribution 
options to enable executives to mitigate their tax liabilities.

The executive directors were both members of the defined benefit 
scheme, but opted out of this scheme on 5 April 2006, and since 
then have earned benefits in the Employer Financed Retirement 
Benefit Scheme (EFRBS). The EFRBS is unregistered, but is 
designed to broadly mirror the provisions of the final salary,  
defined benefit arrangements.

Benefits
Executive directors are also entitled to the provision of a fully 
expensed company car, private medical insurance, life assurance, 
home and mobile telephone costs and the reimbursement of 
reasonable business expenses. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
55

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

Remuneration of non-executive directors
The board reviews non-executive directors’ fees periodically in the light of fees payable in comparable companies and the importance 
attached to the retention and attraction of high-calibre individuals as non-executive directors. Fees are paid on a per annum basis and are 
not varied for the number of days worked. Non-executive directors receive no other benefits and take no part in any discussion or decision 
concerning their own fees.

Fees for both the Chairman and other non-executive directors were last increased on 1 December 2010, and will be reviewed again on  
1 December 2012. 

Directors’ service contracts
It is the Company’s policy that all executive directors have rolling contracts with 12 month notice periods and that, (with the exception of 
Galen Weston who retired as a director on 9 December 2011), all non-executive directors have rolling contracts with 6 month notice periods.

The Company’s Articles of Association require that all directors retire from office if they have not retired at either of the preceding two 
annual general meetings. In any event, at this year’s AGM, all directors are standing for re-election in compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. 

Details of the contracts of service of directors who served during the year ended 15 September 2012 are set out below:

Charles Sinclair
George Weston
John Bason
Tim Clarke
Lord Jay
Javier Ferrán 
Peter Smith
Emma Adamo

Date of 
appointment
01.10.08
19.04.99
04.05.99
03.11.04
01.11.06
01.11.06
28.02.07
09.12.11

Effective 
date 
of current 
contract
21.04.09
01.06.05
16.03.99
03.11.04
01.11.06
01.11.06
28.02.07
09.12.11

Notice 
period from 
Company
6 months
12 months
12 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months

Notice 
period from 
director

Unexpired 
portion of 
service contract
6 months Rolling contract
12 months Rolling contract
12 months Rolling contract
6 months Rolling contract
6 months Rolling contract
6 months Rolling contract
6 months Rolling contract
6 months Rolling contract

The Remuneration committee takes the view that the entitlement of the executive directors to 12 months’ notice of termination of 
employment is in line with the practice of many comparable companies. Executive directors’ service contracts also provide for payment  
in lieu of notice at the Company’s discretion.

The Remuneration committee’s aim is always to deal fairly with cases of termination whilst taking a robust line in minimising any 
compensation and ensuring that failure is not rewarded. The Remuneration committee has given due consideration to the 
recommendations contained in the UK Corporate Governance Code regarding inclusion of explicit provisions in directors’ service contracts 
for compensation commitments in the event of early termination. The Remuneration committee will continue to keep under review its 
current practice, which is not to include such provisions in order to enable it to respond appropriately to particular circumstances. In such 
situations, the Remuneration committee will consider the appropriate use of mitigation. 

Executive directors serving as non-executive directors
The Remuneration committee has determined that executive directors serving as non-executive directors of other companies may retain 
any fees earned.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
56

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

Implementation report for 2011/12
Remuneration committee composition
The Remuneration committee currently consists of five non-executive directors. The members of the committee who held office during  
the year and at the date of this report are:

Charles Sinclair (Chairman)
Tim Clarke (Senior Independent Director)
Lord Jay
Javier Ferrán
Peter Smith

The committee met on five occasions during the year.

Consultants
The Remuneration committee has retained Towers Watson to provide independent market information and remuneration advice. Towers 
Watson does not provide any other consulting services to the Company. In addition to Towers Watson, the following people provided 
material advice or services to the committee during the year:

George Weston, Chief Executive
Des Pullen, Group HR Director

George Weston did not advise in respect of his own remuneration. The Group HR Director and Towers Watson provided support and 
liaison throughout the year.

Base salary
Executive directors’ salaries were reviewed on 1 December 2011 in accordance with normal policy. The salaries of George Weston and 
John Bason were both increased by around 3.8% in line with average increases for UK executives across the group. George Weston’s 
salary is now £950,000 per annum and John Bason’s salary is £625,000 per annum.

Executive directors’ salaries are next subject to review on 1 December 2012.

Annual bonus
There will be a payout of 78.3% of salary to executive directors in respect of the financial element of the annual bonus for the 2011/12 financial 
year. This reflects the very strong performance of the group when adjusted operating profit was well above expectations, although the working 
capital performance lowered the potential payout of the financial element of the bonus by around 15.5%. 

Following a review of individual performance against specific objectives for the 2011/12 financial year, the Remuneration committee has 
determined that George Weston will receive 12.65% and John Bason 14.5% of base salary for the personal element of the annual bonus.  
These percentage awards both represent good overall performance with major objectives having been achieved.

Long-term incentives
For the three-year performance period ended September 2011 the compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 10.46%, 
resulting in a release of 83.8% of the shares allocated in November 2008. 

The executive directors’ interests in shares under the Share Incentive Plan are as follows:

George Weston

John Bason

Award
date
21.11.08
23.11.09
20.12.10
23.11.11
21.11.08
23.11.09
20.12.10
23.11.11

Market 
price at
date of
award (p)
656.00
833.50
1076.00
1098.40
656.00
833.50
1076.00
1098.40

End of
performance
period
17.09.11
15.09.12
14.09.13
13.09.14
17.09.11
15.09.12
14.09.13
13.09.14

Vesting
date
21.11.11
23.11.12
23.11.13
24.11.14
21.11.11
23.11.12
23.11.13
24.11.14

Shares
vested 
during
the year
131,741
–
–
–
87,827
–
–
–

Market
price at
date of
vesting (p)
1073.7
–
–
–
1073.7
–
–
–

Value
vested
£
1,414,503
–
–
–
942,998
–
–
–

 Conditional
allocations 
of shares as 
at 17.09.11
157,203
128,974
162,268
–
104,802
86,608
108,922
–

Conditional 
allocations
of shares as 
at 15.09.12
–
128,974
162,268
166,606
–
86,608
108,922
109,614

For the three-year performance period ended September 2012, the compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 14.76%. 
The Remuneration committee has, however, determined that as a result of the asset impairment charge of £98m in the 2012 financial 
statements in connection with the Don KRC business, it would be appropriate for them to apply their discretion under the Share Incentive 
Plan to reduce the vesting proportion from 100% to 97.42%. Therefore, in November 2012 executive directors will receive 97.42% of the 
conditional shares allocated in 2009.

As long-term incentives for executives with divisional responsibility are largely measured against adjusted operating profit and working 
capital targets, set by reference to the business for which each executive is directly responsible, the long-term share awards for these 
executives depend on the level of performance achieved in each business. In 2012, 55 senior executives, excluding the executive directors, 
representing 77.5% of all eligible participants, will receive a release of shares in November.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
57

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

Shareholding requirement
The requirement for executive directors and all first line reports to the Chief Executive to build up a shareholding in the Company to a value 
at least equal to their pre-tax base salary will come into force in 2013. At the date of this report, both George Weston and John Bason are 
already fully compliant with this requirement. 

Directors’ interests
The directors of the Company as at 15 September 2012 had the following interests in the shares of the Company notifiable under the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules. 

Charles Sinclair
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
George Weston
Wittington Investments Limited, ordinary shares of 50p  
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
John Bason
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
Tim Clarke
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
Lord Jay
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
Javier Ferrán
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
Peter Smith
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p
Emma Adamo
Wittington Investments Limited, ordinary shares of 50p 
Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p

As at
15 September 
2012

As at
17 September 
2011

12,760

12,760

23,681
3,324,369

2,367
3,261,340

60,337

55,001

4,000

4,000

500

500

2,400

2,400

2,000

2,000

1,322
466,234

n/a
n/a

The interests above remained the same at 6 November 2012.

Pensions
The table below shows both the defined benefit pension entitlements from the ABF Scheme and EFRBS where appropriate, of executive 
directors of Associated British Foods plc who were members of the ABF Scheme during the year ended 15 September 2012. Pension 
entitlements and corresponding transfer values increased as follows during the year:

Increase 
in accrued 
pension 
£000 pa 
(A)
33
23

Increase 
in accrued 
pension net 
of inflation 
£000 pa 
(B)
25
18

Total 
accrued 
pension at 
15.09.12 
£000 pa 
(C)
406
232

Director’s 
contributions 
during period 
£000 
(D)
20
20

Value of 
net increase 
in accrual 
over period
£000 
(E)
283
312

Value of 
accrued 
pension at 
15.09.12
£000 
(F)
5,105
4,493

Value of 
accrued 
pension at 
17.09.11 
£000 
(G)
3,787
3,406

Total change 
in value 
during period 
£000 
(H)
1,298
1,067

George Weston
John Bason

Notes:
1.  Pension accruals (A) and (C) are the amounts which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year,  

or earlier retirement.

2.  The pension values (E), (F) and (G) are transfer values calculated in accordance with Occupational Pension Schemes (Transfer Values) 

Regulations 2008.

3.  The increase in accrued pension net of inflation (B) uses a CPI based inflation figure as opposed to previous years which were based  

on RPI.

4.  The value of net increase in pension (E) represents the incremental value to the director of his pension benefits during the year, resulting 

from additional service and increases in salary. It is based on the increase in accrued pension net of inflation (B) after deducting the 
director’s contribution during the year (D).

5.  The change in the transfer value (H) includes the effect of fluctuations in the transfer value due to factors beyond the control of the 
Company and directors, such as stock market movements. The directors’ contributions during the year are excluded from this value.

6.  Both directors opted out of the ABF Scheme on 5 April 2006, and since then have earned benefits in the Employer Financed Retirement 

Benefit Scheme (EFRBS). The figures shown represent the aggregate of benefits in the ABF Scheme and the EFRBS.

7.  Voluntary contributions paid by directors and resulting benefits are not shown.
8.  Pension benefits include a 50% spouse’s pension. Pensions are guaranteed to increase in line with RPI limited each year to 5% (2.5%  
for benefits accrued post 1 January 2008). Additional discretionary increases to pensions in payment have been granted in the past.
9.  As in previous years the directors’ contributions during the period (D) recognises the amount of salary sacrifice made by the directors  
in lieu of paying contributions. Both directors ‘contribute’ 15% of the scheme-specific salary cap so the amount is the same for both.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
58

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

Benefits
The taxable value of a fully expensed company car, private medical insurance, life assurance, home and mobile telephone costs and the 
reimbursement of reasonable business expenses is included in the table of directors’ remuneration below. Where benefits are taken in cash 
they are included in ‘Other benefits’. Benefits which are taxed as ‘Benefits in kind’ are shown separately.

Summary of directors’ remuneration 
The remuneration paid to all directors for the year to 15 September 2012 was as follows:

Non-executive directors 
Charles Sinclair 
Tim Clarke 
Lord Jay 
Javier Ferrán 
Peter Smith 
Emma Adamo
Galen Weston

Executive directors 
George Weston 
John Bason

Salary
or fees
£000

Annual
bonus1
£000

Benefits 
in kind
£000

Other 
benefits 
£000

Total 
benefits 
£000

333
72
60
60
72
46
nil

918
597

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

864
580

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1
3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13
13

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

14
16

2012
total
£000

333
72
60
60
72
46
–

2011
total
£000

327
70
58
58
70
–
–

1,796
1,193

1,337
884

1 Bonus will be paid in December 2012 for the financial year 2011/12.

Executive directors serving as non-executive directors
During the year, George Weston served as a non-executive director of Wittington Investments Limited for which he received no 
compensation. 

John Bason is a non-executive director and chairman of the Audit committee of Compass Group PLC, for which he received a total fee of 
£103,000 in the 2011/12 financial year. He also served as a trustee of Voluntary Service Overseas and as deputy chairman of the charity 
FareShare, but received no compensation in respect of either of these roles.

Compliance statement
This report sets out the policy and disclosures on directors’ remuneration as required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies  
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 issued under the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’). In accordance with the Act,  
a resolution to approve this report will be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting of the Company. The vote will have advisory 
status in respect of the remuneration policy and overall remuneration packages and will not be specific to individual levels of remuneration. 

KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) Regulations 2008, being the sections in the Implementation report for 2011/12 above entitled ‘Directors’ interests’, ‘Long-term 
incentives’, ‘Pensions’ and ‘Summary of directors’ remuneration’ .

By order of the board
Paul Lister
Company Secretary
6 November 2012

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
59

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

O

t
h
e
r
d
i
s
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s

OTHER DISCLOSURES

Business review 
The Companies Act 2006 requires the Company to set out in the 
Directors’ report a fair review of the business of the Company during 
the financial year ended 15 September 2012 including an analysis of 
the position of the business at the end of the financial year and a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Company (the ‘Business review’). The purpose of the Business 
review is to enable shareholders to assess how the directors have 
performed their duties under section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006, being the duty to promote the success of the Company.  
The information that fulfils the requirements of the Business  
review can be found in the following sections of this report:

(cid:116)(cid:1) Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Our group at a glance on pages 12 and 13;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Operating review on pages 16 to 29, which includes a review of 
the external environment, key strategic aims and performance 
measures;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Financial review on pages 30 and 31;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Corporate responsibility on pages 32 to 35;

Charitable and political donations
Contributions to charitable organisations by the group during the 
year totalled £3.4m (2011 – £2.7m). No political donations were 
made during the year. 

Financial instruments 
Details of the group’s use of financial instruments, together with 
information on our risk objectives and policies and our exposure to 
price, credit, liquidity, cash flow and interest rate risks, can be found 
in note 24 on pages 96 to 107.

Payments to suppliers
The Company has no material trade creditors but has a group  
policy on payment of suppliers set out in its business principles 
which states that the group settles its bills promptly, being a 
signatory to the Prompt Payment Code. The suppliers are made 
aware of the terms of this policy. Further information concerning  
the Prompt Payment Code, and copies of it, can be found at  
www.promptpaymentcode.org.uk.

Employees
Employees are the group’s most important resource, and it therefore 
abides by the following principles:

(cid:116)(cid:1) Principal risks and uncertainties are described on pages 48 to 51;

(cid:116)(cid:1) equal opportunities – it is committed to offering equal 

(cid:116)(cid:1) details of the principal operating subsidiaries are set out on 

page 109; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) information on essential contracts or arrangements on page 61.

Principal activities 
The activities of the group principally concern the processing and 
manufacture of food worldwide and textile retailing in the UK and 
continental Europe. Comments on the development of the business 
during the period under review and on the future outlook are 
contained within the Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15  
and the Operating review on pages 16 to 29.

The Company is the holding company for the Associated British 
Foods plc group (‘the group’). Details of the principal operating 
subsidiaries are set out on page 109.

The audited financial statements of the group and Company appear 
on pages 64 to 115.

Results and dividends
The consolidated income statement is on page 64. Profit for  
the financial year attributable to equity shareholders amounted  
to £555m.

The directors recommend a final dividend of 20.0p per ordinary 
share, to be paid, if approved, on 11 January 2013 which, together 
with the interim dividend of 8.5p per share paid in July, amounts to 
28.5p for the year. Dividends are detailed on page 80.

Research and development
Innovative use of existing and emerging technologies will continue 
to be crucial to the successful development of new products and 
processes for the group.

The Company has a major technical centre in the UK at the Allied 
Technical Centre. Facilities also exist at ACH Food Companies in the 
US, Weston Technologies and AB Mauri in Australia and the 
Netherlands, and AB Enzymes in Germany. These centres support 
the technical resources of the trading divisions in the search for new 
technology and in monitoring and maintaining high standards of 
quality and food safety.

opportunities in recruitment, training, career development and 
promotion to all people, including those with disabilities, having 
regard for their particular aptitudes and abilities. As a matter  
of policy, full and fair consideration is given to applicants with 
disabilities and every effort is made to give employees who 
become disabled whilst employed by the group an opportunity 
for retraining and for continuation in employment. It is group 
policy that the training, career development and promotion of 
disabled persons should, as far as possible, be the same as  
that of other employees;

(cid:116)(cid:1) health and safety – health and safety are considered as equal  
in importance to that of any other function of the group and  
its business objectives. The policy and a full global report is 
available on the Company’s website at www.abf.co.uk;

(cid:116)(cid:1) harassment – the group will not tolerate sexual, mental or physical 
harassment in the workplace. It expects incidents of harassment 
to be reported to the appropriate human resources director;

(cid:116)(cid:1) human rights – managers must take account of the core 

International Labour Organization labour conventions and strive 
to observe the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, by 
respecting the dignity and human rights of its employees and in 
particular as stated below:

 “Universal respect for an observance of human rights and 
fundamental freedoms for all without discrimination as to race, 
sex, language or religion.”

 It remunerates fairly with respect to skills, performance, its peers 
and local conditions.

(cid:116)(cid:1) communication – the group will brief and consult employees 
and their representatives on all relevant matters on a regular 
basis in order to take their views into account with regard to 
decision-making and to achieve a common awareness of all the 
financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the 
group. Information relevant to the employees will be provided 
systematically to employees; and

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60

OTHER DISCLOSURES CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

O

t
h
e
r
d
i
s
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s

(cid:116)(cid:1) security – the security of our staff and customers is paramount 

and the group will at all times take the necessary steps to 
minimise risks to their safety. 

Property, plant and equipment
The group’s property, plant and equipment are included in the 
financial statements at depreciated historic cost. The properties are 
employed in the business and many of them were acquired when 
market values were substantially lower than at present. The directors 
consider that a surplus over book value exists, but have not 
quantified the excess.

Substantial shareholding and controlling interest
Details of a controlling interest in the shares of the Company are 
given in note 28 on page 109. 

As at 31 October 2012, the Company had received formal 
notification, under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the 
following material interest in its shares:

Shareholder
The Capital Group 
Companies, Inc.

Number 
of ordinary 
shares

% 
of issued 
share capital

24,295,000

3.0688

Date of 
notification 
of interest
4 September 
2012

Power to issue shares 
At the last annual general meeting, held on 9 December 2011, authority 
was given to the directors to allot unissued relevant securities in the 
Company up to a maximum of an amount equivalent to two thirds of 
the shares in issue (of which one third must be offered by way of rights 
issue). This authority expires on the date of the annual general meeting 
to be held on 7 December 2012. No such shares have been issued. 
The directors propose to renew this authority at the annual general 
meeting to be held on 7 December 2012 for the following year.

A further special resolution passed at that meeting granted authority 
to the directors to allot equity securities in the Company for cash, 
without regard to the pre-emption provisions of the Companies Act 
2006. This authority also expires on the date of the 2012 annual 
general meeting and the directors will seek to renew this authority 
for the following year.

Power to purchase own shares
The Companies Act 2006 empowers the Company to purchase its 
own shares subject to the necessary shareholder approval. The 
Company has no existing authority to purchase its own shares.

Directors
The names of the persons who were directors of the Company 
during the financial year and as at 6 November 2012 appear on pages 
36 and 37 (with the exception of Galen Weston who resigned as a 
non-executive director of the Company with effect from the close of 
the last AGM held on 9 December 2011). All the current directors are 
standing for election or re-election at this year’s AGM in December.

Appointment of directors 
The Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) give the 
directors power to appoint and replace directors. Under the terms  
of reference of the Nomination committee, any appointment must 
be recommended by the Nomination committee for approval by  
the board of directors. A person who is not recommended by the 
directors may only be appointed as a director where details of  
that director have been provided at least seven and not more  
than 35 days prior to the relevant meeting by at least two  
members of the Company. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

The Articles also require directors to retire and submit themselves 
for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment 
and all directors who held office at the time of the two preceding 
annual general meetings, and in any event not less than one third  
of the relevant directors (excluding those directors who retire other 
than by rotation), to submit themselves for re-election. In any event, 
the board has decided that all directors will stand for election or 
re-election at the AGM this year in compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. 

Power of the directors 
The directors are responsible for managing the business of the 
Company and may exercise all the powers of the Company subject 
to the provisions of relevant statutes, to any directions given by 
special resolution and to the Company’s Articles. The Articles, for 
example, contain specific provisions and restrictions concerning the 
Company’s power to borrow money. As indicated above, powers 
relating to the issuing of shares are also included in the Articles and 
such authorities are renewed by shareholders at the annual general 
meeting each year. 

Articles of Association 
The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of 
the shareholders. 

Directors’ indemnities
Three directors of operating subsidiaries benefited from qualifying 
third-party indemnity provisions provided by the Company’s wholly 
owned subsidiary, ABF Investments plc, during the financial year 
and at the date of this report.

Significant agreements 
The group has contractual arrangements with many parties including 
directors, employees, customers, suppliers and banking groups. The 
following arrangements are considered to be significant in terms of 
their potential impact on the business of the group as a whole:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the group has a number of borrowing facilities provided by 

various banking groups. These facility agreements generally 
include change of control provisions which, in the event of a 
change in ownership of the Company, could result in their 
renegotiation or withdrawal. The most significant agreements 
are the £1.15bn syndicated loan facility which was signed on 
13 July 2010 and under which there were no drawdowns at the 
year end and the £120m loan from the European Investment 
Bank which was signed on 5 December 2007 and under which 
£120m was drawn down at the year end;

(cid:116)(cid:1) in addition to these bank facilities, in March 2009 the Company 
issued US$610m of private placement notes to institutional 
investors and, in December 2011 and March 2012, the 
Company issued a further US$626m of private placement 
notes. In accordance with the scheduled maturities, no 
repayment of these notes had taken place by the year end.  
In the event of a change in ownership of the Company, the 
Company is obliged to make an offer of immediate repayment 
to the note holders; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) in September 2010, the group entered into contracts for  

the supply to the UK business of electricity and gas.

These agreements include provisions which, in the event of a 
change of control of the Company, could result in the agreement 
being altered or terminated. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
61

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

O

t
h
e
r
d
i
s
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s

Directors’ responsibility statement
(cid:116)(cid:1) the financial statements, prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) pursuant to Disclosure and Transparency Rules, Chapter 4,  

the following sections of the Company’s annual report contain  
a fair review of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Company, and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with  
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face:

  1. The Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15;

  2.  Operating review on pages 16 to 29, which includes a review  

of the external environment, key strategic aims, future 
development and performance measures;

  3. Financial review on pages 30 and 31;

  4. Other disclosures: ‘Research and development’;

  5. Other disclosures: ‘Financial instruments’;

  6. Other disclosures: ‘Property, plant and equipment’;

  7. Other disclosures: ‘Power of the directors’; and

  8. ‘Principal risks and uncertainties’ on pages 48 to 51.

On behalf of the board 

Charles Sinclair   
Chairman 

George Weston
Chief Executive

John Bason 
Finance Director

6 November 2012

Essential contracts or arrangements
Individual companies in the group have contractual and other 
arrangements with many third parties in support of the group’s 
business activities. Such contracts and arrangements may be 
deemed essential to one or more operating company but there  
are no contracts or arrangements considered to be essential to the 
group as a whole, save that British Sugar has collective bargaining 
agreements with UNITE and GMB unions and a contract with the 
National Farmers’ Union, the Inter Professional Agreement (‘IPA’). 
The IPA consists of approximately 4,000 identical but individual 
contracts with sugar beet growers. Similarly, AB Azucarera Iberia in 
Spain has some 4,800 individual contracts with sugar beet growers 
which are negotiated and signed with the four professional 
agricultural organisations (farmers’ unions) in that country.

Further information
Further information that fulfils the requirements of Part 6 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) Regulations 2008 and which should be treated as forming 
part of this report by reference are included in the following sections 
of the annual report:

(cid:116)(cid:1) details of the structure of the Company’s share capital and the 
rights attached to the Company’s shares set out on page 93; 
and

(cid:116)(cid:1) details of share schemes set out on pages 94 and 95, including 
the voting policy of the trustee of a trust holding ordinary shares 
of the Company.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there  
is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that he ought to 
have taken as a director to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware 
of that information. For these purposes, relevant audit information 
means information needed by the Company’s auditors in connection 
with the preparation of their report on page 63. 

Auditors
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006,  
a resolution for the reappointment of KPMG Audit Plc as auditors  
of the Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming annual  
general meeting.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT 
AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group  
and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ report, Remuneration report 
and Corporate governance report that complies with that law and 
those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions.

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and  
the group and parent company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent 
company financial statements for each financial year. Under that  
law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law  
and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and 
applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the group and parent company and of 
their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the group and 
parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

(cid:116)(cid:1) select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

(cid:116)(cid:1) make judgements and estimates that are reasonable  

and prudent;

(cid:116)(cid:1) for the group financial statements, state whether they have 

been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;

(cid:116)(cid:1) for the parent company financial statements, state whether 
applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the parent company financial statements; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and the  
parent company will continue in business.

62

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
d
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

'

r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b

i
l
i
t
i
e
s
i

n
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
o
f

t
h
e
a
n
n
u
a
l

r
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

|

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

|

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
a
u
d
i
t
o
r
s
’

r
e
p
o
r
t

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

We have audited the financial statements of Associated British 
Foods plc for the 52 week period ended 15 September 2012 set out  
on pages 64 to 115. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements  
is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the EU. The financial reporting framework  
that has been applied in the preparation of the Company financial 
statements is applicable law and UK Accounting Standards (UK 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body,  
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members,  
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement 
set out on page 62, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit, and express an 
opinion on, the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
(APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is 
provided on the APB’s website at www.frc.org.uk/apb/scope/
private.cfm.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 
the group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 15 September 
2012 and of the group’s profit for the period then ended;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the consolidated financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;

(cid:116)(cid:1) the Company financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; 
and

(cid:116)(cid:1) the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards 
the consolidated financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies  
Act 2006
In our opinion:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the part of the Remuneration report to be audited has been 

properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; 
and

(cid:116)(cid:1) the information given in the Directors’ report for the financial 

year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

(cid:116)(cid:1) adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

(cid:116)(cid:1) the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with 
the accounting records and returns; or

(cid:116)(cid:1) certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law  

are not made; or

(cid:116)(cid:1) we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

(cid:116)(cid:1) a Corporate governance statement has not been prepared by 

the Company.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

(cid:116)(cid:1) the Directors’ statement, set out on page 43, in relation to 

going concern; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) the part of the Corporate governance statement relating to  

the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code specified for our review; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board  

on directors’ remuneration.

Richard Pinckard 
for and on behalf of KPMG Audit Plc 
Chartered Accountants 
Statutory Auditor 
15 Canada Square 
London 
E14 5GL

6 November 2012

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before
exceptional
items
2012
£m
12,252
(11,302)
–
950
27
(6)
971

1,077
(6)
(100)
–

(9)
962
9
(114)
2
859

974
(6)
(100)
–
(9)

(91)
(116)
–
(207)
652

624
28
652

Note

1 
2 
2

11

1

8
2

21

4
4
4

8
2

5

7
6

Exceptional
items1
2012
£m
–
–
(98)
(98)
–
–
(98)

–
–
–
(98)

–
(98)
–
–
–
(98)

–
–
–
(98)
–

–
–
29
29
(69)

(69)
–
(69)

Total
2012
£m
12,252
(11,302)
(98)
852
27
(6)
873

1,077
(6)
(100)
(98)

(9)
864
9
(114)
2
761

974
(6)
(100)
(98)
(9)

(91)
(116)
29
(178)
583

555
28
583

70.3
28.50

2011 
£m
11,065
(10,265)
–
800
37
5
842

920
5
(83)
–

–
842
9
(101)
7
757

835
5
(83)
–
–

(92)
(88)
–
(180)
577

541
36
577

68.7
24.75

64

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d

i

n
c
o
m
e
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Continuing operations
Revenue
Operating costs before exceptional items
Exceptional items

Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates 
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Operating profit

Adjusted operating profit
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Exceptional items

Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses
Profit before interest
Finance income
Finance expense
Other financial income
Profit before taxation

Adjusted profit before taxation
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Exceptional items
Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses

Taxation – UK

  – Overseas (excluding tax on exceptional items)
  – Overseas (on exceptional items)

Profit for the period

Attributable to
Equity shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Profit for the period

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Dividends per share paid and proposed for the period (pence) 

1 Refer to accounting policy on page 70.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

65

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e
i

n
c
o
m
e

Profit for the period recognised in the income statement

Other comprehensive income
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit schemes
Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
Net gain on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Movement in cash flow hedging position
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position
Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Attributable to
Equity shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income for the period

2012 
£m
583

(99)
23
(241)
11
3
(4)
(21)
4
(324)

259

281
(22)
259

2011 
£m
577

12
(4)
89
2
(1)
(1)
6
(1)
102

679

657
22
679

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 

at 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
s
h
e
e
t

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Biological assets
Investments in joint ventures
Investments in associates
Employee benefits assets
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables
Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Biological assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivative assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Loans and overdrafts
Trade and other payables
Derivative liabilities
Income tax
Provisions
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Loans 
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Other reserves
Translation reserve
Hedging reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Note

2012 
£m

2011 
£m

8
9
10
11
11
12
13
14

15
10
14
24
16

17
18
24

19

17
19
13
12

20
20
20

1,769
4,541
89
174
40
18
189
151
6,971

1,500
109
1,236
33
391
3,269
10,240

(538)
(1,752)
(50)
(150)
(98)
(2,588)

(914)
(38)
(366)
(113)
(1,431)
(4,019)
6,221

45
175
532
(17)
5,099
5,834
387
6,221

1,893
4,465
99
150
44
35
150
203
7,039

1,425
112
1,259
26
341
3,163
10,202

(729)
(1,627)
(22)
(133)
(31)
(2,542)

(897)
(105)
(404)
(79)
(1,485)
(4,027)
6,175

45
175
712
–
4,816
5,748
427
6,175

The financial statements on pages 64 to 110 were approved by the board of directors on 6 November 2012 and were signed on its  
behalf by: 

Charles Sinclair
Chairman

John Bason
Director

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT 

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

67

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d
c
a
s
h
fl
o
w
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses
Finance income
Finance expense
Other financial income
Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates
Amortisation
Depreciation
Exceptional impairment of property, plant and equipment
Exceptional impairment of operating intangibles
Net change in the fair value of biological assets
Share-based payment expense
Pension costs less contributions
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Increase in payables
Purchases less sales of current biological assets
Decrease in provisions
Cash generated from operations
Income taxes paid
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangibles
Purchase of non-current biological assets
Sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
Sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
Loans to joint ventures
Purchase of non-controlling interests
Interest received
Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Interest paid
Financing:

(Decrease)/increase in short-term loans
Increase in long-term loans

  Sale of shares in subsidiary undertakings to non-controlling interests
  Movements from changes in own shares held
Net cash from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Effect of movements in foreign exchange 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

2012 
£m

761
6
9
(9)
114
(2)
(27)
122
394
92
6
(28)
8
(38)
(125)
3
165
(3)
(17)
1,431
(191)
1,240

11
(700)
(13)
(1)
6
(45)
2
24
–
10
(706)

(23)
(200)
(108)

(279)
44
4
–
(562)

(28)
291
(18)
245

2011 
£m

757
(5)
–
(9)
101
(7)
(37)
96
317
–
–
(21)
8
(38)
(176)
(138)
115
(2)
(69)
892
(156)
736

9
(794)
(49)
(1)
18
(24)
3
(25)
(29)
11
(881)

(22)
(190)
(99)

342
105
–
(16)
120

(25)
309
7
291

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

Balance as at 19 September 2010

45

175

606

(4)

4,471

5,293

451

Attributable to equity shareholders

Issued 
 capital 
 £m

Other 
 reserves 
 £m

Translation 
 reserve 
 £m

Hedging 
 reserve 
 £m

Retained 
 earnings 
 £m

Note

Non-
controlling 
 interests 
 £m

Total 
 £m

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
n
s
o

l
i

d
a
t
e
d
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
c
h
a
n
g
e
s
i

n
e
q
u
i
t
y

Total comprehensive income
Profit for the period recognised in the income statement

Actuarial gains on defined benefit schemes
Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
Net gain on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Movement in cash flow hedging position
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow 

hedging position

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Net movement in own shares held
Deferred tax associated with share-based payments
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Changes in ownership of subsidiaries
Total transactions with owners
Balance as at 17 September 2011

Total comprehensive income
Profit for the period recognised in the income statement

Actuarial losses on defined benefit schemes
Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
Net gain/(loss) on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Movement in cash flow hedging position
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow 

hedging position

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Net movement in own shares held
Deferred tax associated with share-based payments
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Changes in ownership of subsidiaries
Total transactions with owners
Balance as at 15 September 2012

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
45

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
45

6

6

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Total
 equity
 £m
5,744

577

12
(4)
89
2
(1)
(1)
6

(1)
102

541

12
(4)
–
–
(1)
(1)
–

–
6

541

12
(4)
105
1
(1)
(1)
5

(1)
116

36

–
–
(16)
1
–
–
1

–
(14)

547

657

22

679

(190)
(8)
2
–
(6)
(202)
4,816

(190)
(8)
2
–
(6)
(202)
5,748

555

(99)
23
–
–
3
(4)
–

–
(77)

555

(99)
23
(192)
12
3
(4)
(21)

4
(274)

–
–
–
(22)
(24)
(46)
427

28

–
–
(49)
(1)
–
–
–

–
(50)

(190)
(8)
2
(22)
(30)
(248)
6,175

583

(99)
23
(241)
11
3
(4)
(21)

4
(324)

–

–
–
105
1
–
–
–

–
106

106

–
–
–
–
–
–
712

–

–
–
(192)
12
–
–
–

–
(180)

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
5

(1)
4

4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
(21)

4
(17)

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–  

175

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

(180)

(17)

478

281

(22)

259

–
–
–
–
–
–
175

–
–
–
–
–
–
532

–
–
–
–
–
–
(17)

(200)
8
(2)
–
(1)
(195)
5,099

(200)
8
(2)
–
(1)
(195)
5,834

–
–
–
(23)
5
(18)
387

(200)
8
(2)
(23)
4
(213)
6,221

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

69

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

i

i

S
g
n
fi
c
a
n
t
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

Associated British Foods plc (‘the Company’) is a company 
domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial 
statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 
2012 comprise those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as ‘the group’) and the group’s interest in associates and 
joint ventures. 

in the Operating review on pages 16 to 29. The financial position of 
the group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities 
are described in the Financial review on pages 30 and 31. In addition, 
the principal risks and uncertainties on pages 48 to 51 and note 24 
on pages 96 to 107 provide details of the group’s policy on managing 
its financial and commodity risks.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the directors 
on 6 November 2012.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared  
and approved by the directors in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU 
(‘Adopted IFRS’).

The Company has elected to prepare its parent company financial 
statements under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice. 
These are presented on pages 111 to 115.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, 
rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared on the historical 
cost basis except that biological assets and certain financial 
instruments are stated at fair value. Assets classified as held for sale 
are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs 
to sell.

The preparation of financial statements under Adopted IFRS requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses 
and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on experience. Actual results 
may differ from these estimates. Judgements made by management 
in the application of Adopted IFRS that have a significant effect on  
the financial statements, and estimates with a significant risk  
of material adjustment next year, are discussed in accounting 
estimates and judgements detailed on page 74.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a regular 
basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised from the 
period in which the estimates are revised.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied to all 
periods presented, except where detailed otherwise.

Details of new accounting standards which came into force in  
the year are set out at the end of this note. None of them required 
restatement of primary statements in comparative periods, nor had 
any significant impact on the group’s consolidated results or 
financial position. 

The consolidated financial statements of the group are prepared to 
the Saturday nearest to 15 September. Accordingly, these financial 
statements have been prepared for the 52 weeks ended 
15 September 2012. To avoid delay in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements, the results of certain subsidiaries, 
joint ventures and associates are included up to 31 August 2012. The 
results of Illovo are included for the period to 30 September 2012 in 
line with Illovo’s local reporting date. Adjustments are made as 
appropriate for significant transactions or events occurring between 
31 August and 30 September.

The group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out 

The group has considerable financial resources, good access to debt 
markets, a diverse range of businesses and a wide geographic spread. 
It is therefore well placed to manage business risks successfully 
despite the current economic uncertainty.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the results of the 
Company and all of its subsidiaries from the date that control 
commences to the date that control ceases. The consolidated 
financial statements also include the group’s share of the after-tax 
results of its joint ventures and associates on an equity-accounted 
basis from the point at which joint control or significant influence 
respectively commences, to the date that it ceases.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists 
when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern 
the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain 
benefits from its activities.

Changes in the group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do  
not result in a loss of control are accounted for within equity.

Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the group  
has joint control, typically established by contractual agreement.

Associates are those entities in which the group has significant 
influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies.

Business combinations
On the acquisition of a business or an interest in a joint venture  
or associate, fair values are attributed to the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, reflecting conditions  
at the date of acquisition. Adjustments to fair values include those 
made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group. 
Provisional fair values are finalised within 12 months of the business 
combination date and are adjusted by restatement of the comparative 
period in which the acquisition occurred. Non-controlling interests 
are measured at the proportionate share of the net identifiable 
assets acquired.

For business combinations executed before 3 September 2004, 
goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, represented  
by the net book value recorded under previous GAAP.

For business combinations executed in periods ending on or before 
12 September 2009, goodwill arising on a business combination 
was the excess of the carrying amount of any existing equity interest 
plus the fair value of consideration payable for the additional stake 
over the fair value of the share of net identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired (including separately identified intangible assets), net of 
non-controlling interests. Total consideration included acquisition 
costs. Contingent consideration was measured at fair value at  
the date of the business combination. Subsequent changes to 
contingent consideration other than settlements are accounted  
for as adjustments to goodwill.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
70

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

i

i

S
g
n
fi
c
a
n
t
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

For business combinations executed on or after 13 September 
2009, existing equity interests in the acquiree are remeasured to fair 
value as at the date of the business combination, with any resulting 
gain or loss taken to the income statement.

Adjusted earnings per share is shown in the notes and is stated 
before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses 
on disposal of non-current assets, profits less losses on sale and 
closure of businesses and exceptional items.

Goodwill arising on a business combination is the excess of the 
remeasured carrying amount of any existing equity interest plus  
the fair value of consideration payable for the additional stake over 
the fair value of the share of net identifiable assets and liabilities  
acquired (including separately identified intangible assets), net  
of non-controlling interests. Total consideration does not include 
acquisition costs, which are expensed as incurred.

Contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date  
of the business combination, classified as a liability or equity  
(usually as a liability), and subsequently accounted for in line with 
that classification. Changes in contingent consideration classified  
as a liability resulting other than from the finalisation of provisional 
fair values are accounted for in the income statement.

Revenue
Revenue represents the invoiced value of sales made to customers 
after deduction of discounts and sales taxes. Discounts include sales 
rebates, price discounts, customer incentives, certain promotional 
activities and similar items. Revenue does not include sales between 
group companies. Revenue is recognised when the risks and 
rewards of the underlying products have been substantially 
transferred to the customer and when it can be reliably measured.

Revenue from sale of goods is generally recognised on dispatch or 
delivery to customers, dependent on shipping terms. Discounts are 
provided for as a reduction to revenue at the time a sale is recorded, 
based on management’s best estimate of the amount required to 
meet claims by customers.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are accounted for using the effective interest 
method. For qualifying items of property, plant and equipment 
where the commencement date for capitalisation was on or after  
13 September 2009, the group capitalises borrowing costs directly 
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of those 
qualifying assets as part of their cost. The group previously 
expensed all borrowing costs as incurred. Interest capitalised is 
taxed under current or deferred tax as appropriate.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure 
which are material and unusual in nature and which are considered 
to be of such significance that they require separate disclosure on 
the face of the income statement in accordance with IAS 1. They  
are discussed further in the accounting estimates and judgements 
detailed on page 74.

Adjusted profit and earnings measures
Adjusted operating profit is stated before amortisation of 
non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of 
non-current assets and exceptional items. Adjusted profit before  
tax is stated before amortisation of non-operating intangibles,  
profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets, profits  
less losses on sale and closure of businesses and exceptional  
items. Both are shown on the face of the income statement.

Foreign currencies
In individual companies, transactions in foreign currencies are 
recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated  
at the rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any resulting 
differences are taken to the income statement.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations that  
are denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling  
at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and  
expense items are translated into sterling at weighted average  
rates of exchange.

Differences arising from the retranslation of opening net assets  
of group companies, together with differences arising from the 
restatement of the net results of group companies from average  
rates to rates at the balance sheet date, are taken to the translation 
reserve in equity.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans.  
In addition the group has defined contribution plans and other 
unfunded post-employment liabilities. For defined benefit plans,  
the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of benefits 
accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements 
granted to members by the group during the year. It also includes  
the group’s expected return on pension plan assets offset by a 
charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities. For each 
plan, the difference between market value of assets and present 
value of liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability in the 
balance sheet. 

Any related deferred tax (to the extent recoverable) is disclosed 
separately in the balance sheet. Actuarial gains or losses are 
recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. Surpluses 
are recognised only to the extent that they are recoverable. 
Movements in irrecoverable surpluses are recognised immediately 
as an actuarial gain or loss in other comprehensive income.

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution 
plans are charged to operating profit as incurred. Other unfunded 
post-employment liabilities are accounted for in the same way as 
defined benefit pension plans.

Share-based payments
The fair value of share awards at grant date is recognised as an 
employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity, spread 
over the period during which the employees become unconditionally 
entitled to the shares. The amount recognised is adjusted to reflect 
expected and actual levels of vesting except where the failure to 
vest is as a result of not meeting a market condition. 

Income tax
Income tax on profit or loss for the period comprises current  
and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items taken directly to other 
comprehensive income.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
71

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

i

i

S
g
n
fi
c
a
n
t
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on taxable income  
for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted during 
the period, together with any adjustment to tax payable in respect  
of previous years.

The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact on the 
group’s income statement of changes in foreign exchange or interest 
rates and commodity prices, by matching the impact of the hedged 
risk and the hedging instrument in the income statement.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary 
differences are not provided for: initial recognition of goodwill; initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities affecting neither accounting nor 
taxable profit other than those acquired in a business combination; 
and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The 
amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner 
of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. 

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of 
dividends are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay  
the related dividend.

Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities, except for other non-current 
investments and derivatives, are measured initially at fair value, plus 
directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter at amortised 
cost. Other non-current investments (classified under other 
non-current receivables) comprise available-for-sale investments 
measured at market prices where available. Where quoted market 
prices in an active market are not available, and where fair value 
cannot be reliably measured, unquoted equity instruments  
are measured at cost less impairment. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank and cash balances, call 
deposits and short-term investments with original maturities of  
three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand  
are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purposes of the cash flow statement.

Derivatives
Derivatives are used to manage the group’s economic exposure  
to financial and commodity risks. The principal instruments used  
are foreign exchange and commodity contracts, futures, swaps  
or options (the ‘hedging instrument’). The group does not use 
derivatives for speculative purposes. 

Changes in the value of derivatives used as hedges of future cash 
flows are recognised through other comprehensive income in  
the hedging reserve, with any ineffective portion recognised 
immediately within operating profit in the income statement.

When the future cash flow results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses previously 
recognised in the hedging reserve are included in the initial 
measurement of that asset or liability. Otherwise, gains and losses 
previously recognised in the hedging reserve are recognised in the 
income statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for 
hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on  
the hedging instrument recognised in the hedging reserve is 
retained in the hedging reserve until the forecast transaction  
occurs. Gains or losses on hedging instruments relating to  
an underlying exposure that no longer exists are taken to the 
income statement.

Hedges of the group’s net investment in foreign operations 
comprise borrowings in the currency of the investment’s net assets.

The group economically hedges foreign currency exposure on 
recognised monetary assets and liabilities but does not normally 
seek hedge accounting under IAS 39. Any derivatives that the group 
holds to hedge this exposure are classified as ‘held for trading’ 
within derivative assets and liabilities. Changes in the fair value of 
such derivatives and the foreign exchange gains and losses arising 
on the related monetary items are recognised within operating profit.

Intangible assets other than goodwill
Non-operating intangible assets are intangible assets that arise  
on business combinations and typically include technology, brands, 
customer relationships and grower agreements. Operating intangible 
assets are acquired in the ordinary course of business and typically 
include computer software, land use rights and emissions  
trading licences.

Intangible assets other than goodwill are stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment charges.

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the 
date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are 
generally deemed to be no longer than:

Derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet, at fair value, based 
on market prices or rates, or calculated using either discounted cash 
flow or option pricing models. 

Technology and brands – up to 15 years
Customer relationships – up to 5 years
Grower agreements – up to 10 years

Changes in the value of derivatives are recognised in the income 
statement unless they qualify for hedge accounting, when 
recognition of any change in fair value depends on the nature of  
the item being hedged.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
72

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

i

i

S
g
n
fi
c
a
n
t
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

Freehold buildings  
Plant and equipment, fixtures and fittings 
– sugar factories, yeast plants and mills 
– other operations  
Vehicles   

66 years 

20 years 
12 years 
10 years

Leases
A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee, 
in return for a payment or a series of payments, the right to use a 
specific asset for an agreed period of time.

Where the group is a lessee and has substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership of an asset, the arrangement is considered a 
finance lease. Finance leases are recognised as assets of the group 
within property, plant and equipment at the inception of the lease at 
the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the income 
statement on the same basis as owned assets. Payments made 
under finance leases are apportioned between capital repayments 
and interest expense charged to the income statement. Other 
leases where the group is a lessee are treated as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the  
lease, as is the benefit of lease incentives.

Where the group is a lessor under an operating lease, the asset is 
capitalised within property, plant and equipment and depreciated 
over its useful economic life. Payments received under operating 
leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the lease.

Biological assets
Biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell.  
Cane roots and growing cane are stated at fair value on the  
following bases:

 Cane roots – escalated average cost, using appropriate 
inflation-related indices, of each year of planting adjusted for  
remaining expected life, currently ten years in South Africa, seven 
years in Zambia and eight years elsewhere.

 Growing cane – estimated sucrose content valued at estimated 
sucrose price for the following season, less estimated costs for 
harvesting and transport.

When harvested, growing cane is transferred to inventory at fair 
value less costs to sell.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses and an 
appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, calculated 
on a first-in first-out basis.

Inventories for Primark are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value using the retail method, calculated on the basis of 
selling price less appropriate trading margin. All Primark inventories 
are finished goods.

Goodwill
Goodwill is defined under ‘Business combinations’ on pages 69 
and 70. Certain commercial assets associated with the acquisition of 
a business are not capable of being recognised in the acquisition 
balance sheet. In such circumstances, goodwill is recognised,  
which may include, but is not necessarily limited to, workforce 
assets and the benefits of expected future synergies.

Goodwill is not amortised but is subject to an annual impairment review.

Research and development
Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Development 
expenditure is capitalised if the product or process is technically  
and commercially feasible but is otherwise expensed as incurred. 
Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment charges.

Impairment
The carrying amounts of the group’s intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such 
indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For 
goodwill and intangibles without a finite life, the recoverable amount 
is estimated at each balance sheet date.

An impairment charge is recognised in the income statement 
whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating 
unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount.

Impairment charges recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to that 
CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in 
the unit on a pro rata basis.

Calculation of recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of assets is the greater of their fair value 
less costs to sell and their value in use. In assessing value in use,  
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present  
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to  
the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent 
cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU  
to which the asset belongs.

Reversals of impairment
An impairment charge in respect of goodwill is not subsequently 
reversed. For other assets, an impairment charge is reversed if  
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the new carrying 
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment 
charge had been recognised.

Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment charges.

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and 
equipment sufficient to reduce them to estimated residual value. 
Land is not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are generally  
deemed to be no longer than:

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New accounting policies
The group has adopted the following new and amended IFRSs  
and IFRIC interpretations with no material impact (all effective  
from 18 September 2011):

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Revisions to IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, 
Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction.

The group is currently assessing the impact of the following  
revised standards and interpretations or amendments that are not 
yet effective. These changes will be adopted on the effective dates 
noted and are not expected to have a material impact on the group’s 
reported profit, earnings per share, net assets or disclosures (all 
effective from 16 September 2012 unless otherwise stated):

(cid:116)(cid:1) IAS 19 Employee Benefits effective 2014 financial year. The 
revised standard makes changes to the measurement of 
employee benefits and extensive changes to disclosure 
requirements. Most measurement requirements will have  
no impact on the group; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) Certain elements of Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements 
effective 2013 financial year which amend the presentation  
of other comprehensive income.

The group is currently assessing the impact of the following revised 
standards and interpretations or amendments that are not yet 
effective. These changes have not yet been endorsed by the EU  
so will not necessarily be adopted by the effective dates noted:

(cid:116)(cid:1) Certain elements of Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011 

effective 2014 financial year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures 

effective 2014 and 2016 financial years;

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement 
effective 2016 financial year, which amends the classification 
and measurement for financial assets and liabilities;

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements effective 2014 

financial year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements effective 2014 financial year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities effective 2014 

financial year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement effective 2014 financial year;

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes effective 2013  

financial year; 

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation 

effective 2015 financial year; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting effective 

2014 financial year.

73

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

i

i

S
g
n
fi
c
a
n
t
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
74

ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
e
s
t
i

m
a
t
e
s
a
n
d

j

u
d
g
e
m
e
n
t
s

In applying the accounting policies detailed on pages 69 to 73, 
management has made estimates in a number of areas and the 
actual outcome may differ from those calculated. Key sources of 
estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date with a significant 
risk of material adjustment to the carrying value of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are set out below.

Forecasts and discount rates
The carrying values of a number of items on the balance sheet  
are dependent on estimates of future cash flows arising from the 
group’s operations which, in some circumstances, are discounted  
to arrive at a net present value.

Assessment for impairment involves comparing the book value  
of an asset with its recoverable amount (being the higher of value  
in use and fair value less costs to sell). Value in use is determined 
with reference to projected future cash flows discounted at an 
appropriate rate. Both the cash flows and the discount rate involve  
a significant degree of estimation uncertainty.

The realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation 
of sufficient future taxable profits. The group recognises deferred tax 
assets when it is more likely than not that they will be recovered, 
based on an assessment of the likelihood of there being sufficient 
taxable profits in the future. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realised.

Post-retirement benefits
The group’s defined benefit pension schemes and similar 
arrangements are assessed annually in accordance with IAS 19. The 
accounting valuation, which has been assessed using assumptions 
determined with independent actuarial advice, resulted in a net 
liability of £95m being recognised as at 15 September 2012.  
The size of this net liability is sensitive to the market value of  
the assets held by the schemes, to the discount rate used in 
assessing actuarial liabilities, to the actuarial assumptions (which 
include price inflation, rates of pension and salary increases, 
mortality and other demographic assumptions) and to the level  
of contributions. Further details are included in note 12.

Provisions
Provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet 
date, taking into account a range of possible outcomes.

Property, plant and equipment residual values and  
useful lives
Management reviews residual values annually considering market 
conditions and projected disposal values. In assessing useful lives, 
maintenance programmes and technological innovations are 
considered. The carrying value of property, plant and equipment  
is disclosed in note 9.

Biological assets
Cane roots valuation requires an estimation by management  
of the average number of ratoons expected from the crop.  
The carrying value of cane roots is disclosed in note 10.

Growing cane valuation – estimated sucrose content requires 
management to assess expected cane and sucrose yields for the 
following season considering weather conditions and harvesting 
programmes; estimated sucrose price requires management to 
assess into which markets the forthcoming crop will be sold and 
assess domestic and export prices as well as related foreign 
currency exchange rates. The carrying value of growing cane  
is disclosed in note 10.

Cash flow hedge accounting
In order to achieve and maintain cash flow hedge accounting,  
the group has to determine, at inception and on an ongoing basis, 
whether a forecast transaction is highly probable and whether the 
hedge is effective. This requires both subjective and objective 
measures of determination.

Exceptional items
The directors consider that items of income or expense which are 
material by virtue of their nature and amount should be disclosed 
separately if the financial statements are to present fairly the financial 
position and financial performance of the group. The directors label 
these items collectively as ‘exceptional items’. Determining which 
transactions are to be considered exceptional in nature is often a 
subjective matter. However, circumstances that the directors believe 
would give rise to exceptional items for separate disclosure might 
include major business restructurings, impairments and reversals  
of impairments.

All exceptional items are included in the appropriate income 
statement line item to which they relate. In addition, separate 
disclosure is made of all exceptional items, with additional 
explanation in the notes.

Taxation
The level of current and deferred tax recognised is dependent  
on subjective judgements as to the outcome of decisions by tax 
authorities in various jurisdictions around the world.

Fair values on acquisition
Items of property, plant and equipment often have long operating 
lives, hence determination of fair values can require a significant 
degree of judgement. Acquisitions often result in significant intangible 
benefits for the group, some of which qualify for recognition as 
intangible assets. Other such benefits do not meet the recognition 
requirements of accounting standards and therefore form part of 
goodwill. Significant judgement is required in the assessment and 
valuation of these intangible assets, often with reference to internal 
data and models. Professional valuers are engaged where it is 
deemed appropriate to do so. Fair values on major acquisitions  
are disclosed in note 21.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

75

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1. Operating segments
The group discloses five operating segments, as described below. These are the group’s operating divisions, based on the group’s 
management and internal reporting structure, which combine businesses with common characteristics. The board is the chief operating 
decision maker.

Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. Segment result is adjusted operating profit, as shown on the face of the 
consolidated income statement. Segment assets comprise all non-current assets except employee benefits assets and deferred tax assets, 
and all current assets except cash and cash equivalents. Segment liabilities comprise trade and other payables, derivative liabilities and 
provisions. Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on  
a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets and expenses, cash, borrowings, employee benefits balances and 
current and deferred tax balances. Segment non-current asset additions are the total cost incurred during the period to acquire segment assets 
that are expected to be used for more than one year, comprising property, plant and equipment, operating intangibles and biological assets.

The group is comprised of the following operating segments:

Grocery 

Sugar 

 The manufacture of grocery products, including hot beverages, sugar & sweeteners, vegetable oils, bread & baked goods, 
cereals, ethnic foods, herbs & spices, and meat products, which are sold to retail, wholesale and foodservice businesses.
 The growing and processing of sugar beet and sugar cane for sale to industrial users and to Silver Spoon, which is included  
in the grocery segment.

Agriculture  The manufacture of animal feeds and the provision of other products for the agriculture sector.
Ingredients  The manufacture of bakers’ yeast, bakery ingredients, speciality proteins, enzymes, lipids and yeast extracts.
Retail 

Buying and merchandising value clothing and accessories through the Primark and Penneys retail chains.

Geographical information
In addition to the required disclosure for operating segments, disclosure is also given of certain geographical information about the group’s 
operations, based on the geographical groupings: United Kingdom; Europe & Africa; The Americas; and Asia Pacific.

Revenues are shown by reference to the geographical location of customers. Profits are shown by reference to the geographical location  
of the businesses. Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

Operating segments
Grocery
Sugar
Agriculture
Ingredients
Retail
Central

Businesses disposed:
Grocery

Geographical information
United Kingdom
Europe & Africa
The Americas
Asia Pacific

Businesses disposed:
The Americas

Revenue

2012
£m

3,726
2,666
1,265
1,092
3,503
–
12,252

–
12,252

5,248
3,328
1,241
2,435

2011
£m

3,671
2,134
1,127
1,090
3,043
–
11,065

–
11,065

4,788
2,735
1,176
2,366

12,252

11,065

–
12,252

–
11,065

Adjusted
operating profit

2012
£m

187
510
40
32
356
(48)
1,077

–
1,077

638
325
100
14

1,077

–
1,077

2011
£m

244
315
40
61
309
(48)
921

(1)
920

491
213
118
99

921

(1)
920

The comparative results for the Grocery and Ingredients segments have been reclassified following a change of management responsibility 
for the Australian cake business.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

1. Operating segments continued
For the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

Revenue from continuing businesses
Internal revenue
Revenue from external customers

Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates
Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates
Adjusted operating profit
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Exceptional items
Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses
Profit before interest
Finance income
Finance expense
Other financial income
Taxation
Profit for the period

Segment assets (excluding investments in joint ventures  

and associates) 

Investments in joint ventures and associates
Segment assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Deferred tax assets
Employee benefits assets
Segment liabilities
Loans and overdrafts
Income tax
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits liabilities
Net assets

Non-current asset additions
Depreciation
Amortisation
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of operating intangibles

Geographical information
Revenue from external customers
Segment assets
Non-current asset additions
Depreciation
Amortisation
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of operating intangibles

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Grocery
£m
3,734
(8)
3,726

Sugar
£m
2,808
(142)
2,666

Agriculture
£m
1,275
(10)
1,265

Ingredients
£m
1,163
(71)
1,092

Retail
£m 
3,503
–
3,503

Central
£m
(231)
231
–

Total
£m
12,252
–
12,252

179
8
187
–
(16)
(98)
–
73

514
(4)
510
1
(22)
–
(6)
483

27
13
40
–
(1)
–
–
39

22
10
32
–
(61)
–
(3)
(32)

356
–
356
–
–
–
–
356

73

483

39

(32)

356

2,685
24
2,709

2,510
47
2,557

275
87
362

1,353
56
1,409

2,423
–
2,423

(573)

(413)

(104)

(204)

(526)

2,136

2,144

258

1,205

1,897

153
105
33
92
6

160
95
24
–
–

14
7
3
–
–

96
47
62
3
–

329
132
–
–
–

United
 Kingdom
£m
5,248
3,689
270
184
15
–
–

Europe 
 & Africa
£m
3,328
3,002
278
95
49
–
–

The
Americas
£m
1,241
1,051
65
25
26
–
–

(48)
–
(48)
(7)
–
–
–
(55)
9
(114)
2
(178)
(336)

182
–
182
391
189
18
(118)
(1,452)
(150)
(366)
(113)
(1,419)

3
8
–
–
–

Asia 
Pacific
£m
2,435
1,900
142
90
32
95
6

1,050
27
1,077
(6)
(100)
(98)
(9)
864
9
(114)
2
(178)
583

9,428
214
9,642
391
189
18
(1,938)
(1,452)
(150)
(366)
(113)
6,221

755
394
122
95
6

Total
£m
12,252
9,642
755
394
122
95
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1. Operating segments continued
For the 52 weeks ended 17 September 2011

Revenue from continuing businesses
Internal revenue
Revenue from external customers

Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates
Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates
Businesses disposed
Adjusted operating profit
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Profit before interest
Finance income
Finance expense
Other financial income
Taxation
Profit for the period

Segment assets (excluding investments in joint ventures  

and associates) 

Investments in joint ventures and associates
Segment assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Deferred tax assets
Employee benefits assets
Segment liabilities
Loans and overdrafts
Income tax
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits liabilities
Net assets

Non-current asset additions
Depreciation
Amortisation

Geographical information
Revenue from external customers
Segment assets
Non-current asset additions
Depreciation
Amortisation

Grocery
£m
3,677
(6)
3,671

Sugar
£m
2,265
(131)
2,134

Agriculture
£m
1,134
(7)
1,127

Ingredients
£m
1,164
(74)
1,090

Retail
£m 
3,043
–
3,043

Central
£m
(218)
218
–

Total
£m
11,065
–
11,065

237
7
(1)
243
3
(24)
222

308
7
–
315
2
(31)
286

27
13
–
40
–
(1)
39

51
10
–
61
–
(27)
34

309
–
–
309
–
–
309

222

286

39

34

309

2,824
38
2,862

2,503
50
2,553

280
73
353

1,441
33
1,474

2,310
–
2,310

(593)

(409)

(96)

(193)

(398)

2,269

2,144

257

1,281

1,912

226
87
36

193
77
32

11
9
1

93
42
27

323
100
–

United
 Kingdom
£m
4,788
3,671
290
146
12

Europe 
 & Africa
£m
2,735
2,916
320
74
47

The
Americas
£m
1,176
1,075
61
24
15

(48)
–
–
(48)
–
–
(48)
9
(101)
7
(180)
(313)

124
–
124
341
150
35
(96)
(1,626)
(133)
(404)
(79)
(1,688)

2
2
–

Asia 
Pacific
£m
2,366
2,014
177
73
22

884
37
(1)
920
5
(83)
842
9
(101)
7
(180)
577

9,482
194
9,676
341
150
35
(1,785)
(1,626)
(133)
(404)
(79)
6,175

848
317
96

Total
£m
11,065
9,676
848
317
96

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

2. Operating costs

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Operating costs
Cost of sales (including amortisation of intangibles)
Distribution costs 
Administration expenses 

Operating costs are stated after charging/(crediting):
Employee benefits expense
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Amortisation of operating intangibles 
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets 
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
Exceptional impairment of property, plant and equipment
Exceptional impairment of operating intangibles
Operating lease payments under property leases
Operating lease payments for hire of plant and equipment
Other operating income
Research and development expenditure
Fair value gains on financial assets and liabilities held for trading
Fair value losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading
Foreign exchange gains on operating activities
Foreign exchange losses on operating activities

1 Refer to accounting policy on page 70.

Before
exceptional
items
2012
£m

Exceptional
items1
2012
£m

Note

9,292
1,273
737
11,302

98
–
–
98

3
8
8

9

Total
2012 
£m

9,390
1,273
737
11,400

1,760
100
22
6
394
92
6
122
14
(20)
23
(30)
27
(50)
52

2011
£m

8,347
1,217
701
10,265

1,613
83
13
(5)
317
–
–
110
13
(19)
24
(29)
24
(35)
38

An exceptional charge of £98m has been made to impair property, plant and equipment (£92m) and operating intangibles (£6m) in the 
Australian meat business (see note 9 for further details). An exceptional tax credit of £29m arose on this item.

Auditors’ remuneration
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates  

in respect of the audit

Group audit of the Company’s financial statements
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Total audit remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect  

of non-audit related services
Other services pursuant to legislation
Tax services
Information technology services
All other services
Total non-audit related remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect  

of the group’s pension schemes

Audit of the pension schemes

2012 
£m

2011 
£m

0.6
5.1
5.7

0.3
1.9
0.3
0.3
2.8

0.2
0.2

0.5
4.7
5.2

0.4
2.0
0.3
0.5
3.2

0.1
0.1

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

3. Employees

Average number of employees
United Kingdom
Europe & Africa
The Americas
Asia Pacific

Employee benefits expense
Wages and salaries
Social security contributions
Contributions to defined contribution schemes
Charge for defined benefit schemes
Equity-settled share-based payment schemes

2012 

2011

37,536
45,301
3,822
19,584
106,243

36,330
41,364
3,731
20,828
102,253

Note

£m

£m

12
12
22

1,507
159
53
33
8
1,760

1,385
137
51
32
8
1,613

Details of directors’ remuneration, share options and pension entitlements are shown in the Remuneration report on pages 52 to 58.

4. Interest and other financial income and expense

Finance income
Cash and cash equivalents

Finance expense
Bank loans and overdrafts
All other borrowings
Finance leases
Other payables
Unwinding of discount on provisions

Other financial income/(expense)
Expected return on employee benefit scheme assets
Interest charge on employee benefit scheme liabilities
Net financial income from employee benefit schemes
Net foreign exchange losses on financing activities
Total other financial income 

Note

12
12

2012 
£m

9
9

(52)
(57)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(114)

147
(142)
5
(3)
2

2011
£m

9
9

(48)
(45)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(101)

149
(142)
7
–
7

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

5. Income tax expense

Current tax expense
UK – corporation tax at 25.1% (2011 – 27.1%)
Overseas – corporation tax
UK – (over)/underprovided in prior periods
Overseas – overprovided in prior periods

Deferred tax expense
UK deferred tax
Overseas deferred tax
UK – underprovided in prior periods
Overseas – (over)/underprovided in prior periods

Total income tax expense in income statement

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before taxation
Less share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates
Profit before taxation excluding share of profit after tax  

from joint ventures and associates

Nominal tax charge at UK corporation tax rate of 25.1% (2011 – 27.1%)
Benefit of lower tax rates
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Profits/losses on disposal of assets covered by tax exemptions or unrecognised capital losses
Deferred tax not recognised
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Income tax recognised directly in equity 
Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes
Deferred tax associated with share-based payments
Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position
Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange
Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange

2012 
£m

2011
£m

108
110
(6)
(2)
210

(14)
(20)
3
(1)
(32)
178

761
(27)

734
184
(19)
3
2
14
(6)
178

(23)
2
(4)
(3)
4
(24)

80
88
16
(25)
159

(5)
22
1
3
21
180

757
(37)

720
195
(35)
22
(2)
5
(5)
180

4
(2)
1
1
1
5

The tax credit of £29m arising on the exceptional impairment charge in the year is included within the overseas deferred tax credit.

Following the enactment of legislation in the UK to reduce the corporation tax rate to 23% from 1 April 2013, the effective tax rate this year 
includes the impact on the income statement of calculating the UK deferred tax balances at the lower UK corporation tax rate. The impact 
of this rate change is a £12m reduction in the tax charge in the income statement. Proposed future reductions in the UK tax rate to 22% will 
be reflected when the relevant legislation is substantively enacted.

Deferred taxation balances are analysed in note 13.

6. Dividends

2010 final
2011 interim
2011 final
2012 interim

2012
pence 
per share
–
–
16.85
8.50
25.35

2011
pence 
per share
16.20
7.90
–
–
24.10

2012
£m
–
–
133
67
200

2011
£m
128
62
–
–
190

The 2012 interim dividend was declared on 24 April 2012 and paid on 6 July 2012. The 2012 final dividend of 20.0 pence, total value of  
£158m, will be paid on 11 January 2013 to shareholders on the register on 7 December 2012.

Dividends relating to the period were 28.5 pence per share totalling £225m (2011 – 24.75 pence per share totalling £195m).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7. Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share at 15 September 2012 was based on the net profit attributable to equity shareholders of  
£555m (2011 – £541m), and a weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year of 789 million (2011 – 788 million). The 
calculation of the weighted average number of shares excludes the shares held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust on which  
the dividends are being waived.

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share, which exclude the impact of profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets and sale and closure 
of businesses, amortisation of non-operating intangibles, exceptional items, and the associated tax credits, is shown to provide clarity on 
the underlying performance of the group.

The diluted earnings per share calculation takes into account the dilutive effect of share options and share incentives. The diluted, weighted 
average number of shares is 789 million (2011 – 788 million). There is no difference between basic and diluted earnings.

Adjusted profit for the period
Disposal of non-current assets
Sale and closure of businesses
Exceptional items
Tax effect on above adjustments
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill
Non-controlling interests’ share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders

Adjusted earnings per share
Disposal of non-current assets
Sale and closure of businesses
Exceptional items
Tax effect on above adjustments
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill
Non-controlling interests’ share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax
Earnings per ordinary share

2012 
£m
688
(6)
(9)
(98)
31
(100)
33
16
555

2012 
pence
87.2
(0.8)
(1.1)
(12.4)
3.9
(12.7)
4.2
2.0
70.3

2011
£m
583
5
–
–
–
(83)
25
11
541

2011
pence
74.0
0.6
–
–
–
(10.5)
3.2
1.4
68.7

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

8. Intangible assets

Cost
At 18 September 2010
Other acquisitions – externally purchased
Other disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 17 September 2011
Other acquisitions – externally purchased
Acquired through business combinations
Other disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Amortisation and impairment
At 18 September 2010
Amortisation for the year
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Amortisation for the year
Impairment
Other disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012
Net book value
At 18 September 2010
At 17 September 2011
At 15 September 2012

Non-operating

Operating

Goodwill
£m

Technology
£m

Brands
£m

Customer
relationships
£m

Grower
 agreements
£m

Other
£m

Other
£m

Total
£m

1,355
–
–
8

1,363
–
8
–
(51)
1,320

5
–
–
5
–
–
–
–
5

1,350
1,358
1,315

244
–
–
4

248
–
–
–
(13)
235

130
17
1
148
47
–
–
(8)
187

114
100
48

349
–
–
–

349
–
34
–
(10)
373

135
29
–
164
32
–
–
(7)
189

214
185
184

104
–
–
5

109
–
2
–
(7)
104

78
17
1
96
4
–
–
(6)
94

26
13
10

198
–
–
(9)

189
–
–
–
(23)
166

80
20
(5)
95
17
–
–
(12)
100

118
94
66

9
–
–
–

9
–
–
–
(1)
8

9
–
–
9
–
–
–
(1)
8

–
–
–

126
60
(12)
8

182
46
–
(14)
(4)
210

23
13
3
39
22
6
(2)
(1)
64

2,385
60
(12)
16

2,449
46
44
(14)
(109)
2,416

460
96
–
556
122
6
(2)
(35)
647

103
143
146

1,925
1,893
1,769

The impairment of operating intangibles relates to IT assets in the meat business in George Weston Foods. See note 9 for further details. 
The impairment is included in the Grocery and Asia Pacific segments.

The increase in the amortisation charge for the year reflects the decline in profitability of the AB Mauri business resulting in the need to 
foreshorten the useful economic lives of certain assets originally acquired with the business.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

8. Intangible assets continued
Impairment of goodwill
As at 15 September 2012, the consolidated balance sheet included goodwill of £1,315m (2011 – £1,358m). Goodwill is allocated to the 
group’s cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination that 
gave rise to the goodwill, as follows:

Cash-generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs
ACH 
AB Mauri
Twinings Ovaltine
Capullo
Illovo
AB World Foods
North China Sugar
Other*

Primary reporting segment
Grocery
Ingredients
Grocery
Grocery
Sugar
Grocery
Sugar
Various

2012
£m
237
347
119
58
161
58
67
268
1,315

2011
£m
245
358
119
58
184
58
68
268
1,358

* The amount of goodwill allocated to each CGU or group of CGUs is not individually significant.

A CGU, or group of CGUs, to which goodwill has been allocated must be assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events  
or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The carrying value of goodwill is assessed by reference to its value in use to perpetuity reflecting the projected cash flows of each of the 
CGUs or group of CGUs. These projections are based on the most recent budget, which has been approved by the board and reflects 
management’s expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information. 
Long-term growth rates for periods not covered by the annual budget reflect the products, industries and countries in which the relevant 
CGU, or group of CGUs, operate.

For some recently acquired intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth over the next three to five years in excess of the 
long-term growth rates for the applicable country or region. In these circumstances, budgeted cash flows are extended, generally to 
between three and five years, using specific growth assumptions and taking into account the specific business risks.

The key assumptions on which the cash flow projections for the most recent annual budget are based relate to discount rates, growth  
rates and expected changes in volumes, selling prices and direct costs.

The cash flow projections have been discounted using a range of rates based on the group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital 
adjusted for country risk. The rates used were in a range between 8% and 12.8% (2011 – between 8% and 12%).

The growth rates to perpetuity beyond the initial budgeted cash flows, applied in the value in use calculations for goodwill allocated  
to each of the CGUs or groups of CGUs that are significant to the total carrying amount of goodwill, were in a range between 0% and 3% 
(2011 – between 0% and 2.5%).

Changes in volumes, selling prices and direct costs are based on past results and expectations of future changes in the market.

Sensitivity to changes in key assumptions
Impairment testing is dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, particularly as they relate to the forecasting of future cash 
flows, the discount rates selected and expected long-term growth rates. Each of the group’s CGUs had significant headroom under the 
annual impairment review with the exception of AB Mauri and the North China sugar business.

AB Mauri has experienced increased competitive pressure, higher molasses costs and an inability to recover inflationary cost increases 
through pricing in its different businesses around the world. This resulted in an indicator of impairment risk under the strict requirements  
of IFRS. Management has reviewed detailed forecasts for this business taking those issues into account, and has concluded that the  
assets are not impaired. Headroom was $218m on a CGU carrying value of $1,405m. The discount rate used was 11.5% and would have  
to increase to more than 12.7% before value in use fell below the CGU carrying value. Estimates of long-term growth rates beyond the 
forecast periods were 1.5%–2% per annum for all regions apart from China and the remainder of Asia, where 2.5% was used.

In North China Sugar, current forecasts continue to support the carrying value of the assets of the business, but the achievement of these 
forecasts depends on significant improvements in a variety of operational parameters, including agricultural yields, factory volumes and 
recovery of sugar price. Management has reviewed detailed forecasts for this business taking those issues into account, and has concluded 
that no impairment is required. Headroom was £17m on a CGU carrying value of £251m. The discount rate used was 12.8% and would 
have to increase to 13.4% to reduce value in use to below the CGU carrying value. The estimate of long-term growth beyond the forecast 
period was 2% per annum.

For all goodwill other than AB Mauri and North China Sugar, management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in key 
assumptions on which it has determined value in use would cause carrying values to materially exceed value in use.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

9. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 18 September 2010
Other acquisitions
Interest capitalised
Other disposals
Transfers from assets under construction
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Other acquisitions
Interest capitalised
Other disposals
Transfers from assets under construction
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Depreciation and impairment 
At 18 September 2010
Depreciation for the year
Other disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Depreciation for the year
Impairment
Other disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Net book value
At 18 September 2010
At 17 September 2011
At 15 September 2012

Net book value of finance lease assets
Land and buildings at net book value comprise:
– freehold
– long leasehold
– short leasehold

Capital expenditure commitments – contracted but not provided for

Land and
buildings
£m

Plant and
machinery
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings
£m

Assets under
construction
£m

1,951
164
–
(21)
11
39
2,144
100
–
(26)
12
(54)
2,176

341
43
(24)
6
366
52
38
(24)
(7)
425

1,610
1,778
1,751

2,779
225
–
(155)
278
35
3,162
146
–
(130)
98
(103)
3,173

1,431
177
(147)
21
1,482
214
57
(124)
(38)
1,591

1,348
1,680
1,582

1,055
232
–
(47)
3
11
1,254
267
–
(48)
11
(31)
1,453

368
97
(45)
4
424
128
–
(48)
(9)
495

687
830
958

296
162
2
–
(292)
9
177
196
2
–
(121)
(4)
250

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

296
177
250

2012 
£m
12

1,365
290
96
1,751
225

Total
£m

6,081
783
2
(223)
–
94
6,737
709
2
(204)
–
(192)
7,052

2,140
317
(216)
31
2,272
394
95
(196)
(54)
2,511

3,941
4,465
4,541

2011
£m
12

1,385
295
98
1,778
166

Impairment
In the Australian meat business, continuing retailer price competition, competitor activity, lower production volumes and higher costs at the 
new factory at Castlemaine, Victoria have led to poor trading results and the need for a restructuring of sales distribution and warehousing. 
This has given rise to an indicator of impairment risk and following a detailed assessment, management has concluded that the carrying 
value of the assets in the meat business is no longer supported by its discounted forecast cash flows. A discount rate of 10.5% was used. 
The key sensitivity in the value in use calculation is volume recovery.

An impairment charge of A$150m (£98m) has been charged to exceptional items in the income statement. A$140m (£92m) was taken 
against property, plant and equipment, comprising A$56m (£37m) to land and buildings, and A$84m (£55m) to plant and equipment. 
A$10m (£6m) was provided against operating intangibles (see note 8). The net book value of property, plant and equipment and operating 
intangibles in the meat business prior to the impairment was A$350m, and A$200m afterwards. Accounting standards do not permit the 
inclusion, in the impairment calculation, of cash flows that are expected to be generated from the future sale of former meat processing 
sites in Western Australia and Victoria, which are being redeveloped, and where the net cash inflows are expected to be substantial. The 
impairment is included in the Grocery and Asia Pacific segments.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

10. Biological assets

At 18 September 2010
Transferred to inventory
Purchases
Changes in fair value
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Transferred to inventory
Purchases
Changes in fair value
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Cane roots
Area under cane as at the end of the period (hectares)
South Africa
Malawi
Zambia
Swaziland
Tanzania
Mozambique

Current

Non-current

Growing 
cane
£m
92
(102)
–
118
(4)
104
(138)
1
158
(24)
101

Other
£m
8
(23)
2
21
–
8
(28)
2
26
–
8

Total
£m
100
(125)
2
139
(4)
112
(166)
3
184
(24)
109

Cane
roots
£m
97
–
1
7
(6)
99
–
1
10
(21)
89

2012

2011

8,477
20,594
17,113
8,646
9,676
6,000
70,506

7,990
20,608
17,153
8,657
9,776
5,570
69,754

Growing cane
The following assumptions have been used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 15 September 2012:

Expected area to harvest (hectares)
Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare)
Average maturity of cane 

South Africa
5,038
72.0
56.0%

Malawi
20,181
109.9
66.7%

Zambia
16,888
111.0
66.7%

Swaziland
8,096
105.6
66.7%

Tanzania Mozambique
5,870
93.6
66.7%

9,676
81.0
50%

The following assumptions were used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 17 September 2011:

Expected area to harvest (hectares)
Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare)
Average maturity of cane 

South Africa
5,010
69.4
56.0%

Malawi
20,173
110.4
66.7%

Zambia
16,944
120.0
66.7%

Swaziland
8,029
110.9
66.7%

Tanzania Mozambique
5,484
95.0
66.7%

9,776
80.0
50%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

11. Investments in joint ventures and associates

At 18 September 2010
Acquisitions
Profit for the period
Dividends received
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Acquisitions
Profit for the period
Dividends received
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

  Joint ventures

Associates

Shares
£m
107
4
29
(6)
1
135
6
25
(5)
(5)
156

Goodwill
£m
14
1
–
–
–
15
–
–
–
3
18

Total
£m
121
5
29
(6)
1
150
6
25
(5)
(2)
174

Shares
£m
38
–
8
(3)
1
44
–
2
(6)
(1)
39

Goodwill
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1

Total
£m
38
–
8
(3)
1
44
–
2
(6)
–
40

Details of principal joint ventures and associates are listed in note 28.

Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following items that represent the group’s share of the assets, liabilities and profit 
of joint ventures and associates:

Joint ventures

Associates

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Goodwill
Net assets

Revenue
Expenses
Taxation
Profit for the period

2012
£m
233
287
(198)
(166)
18
174

1,273
(1,243)
(5)
25

2011
£m
206
305
(221)
(155)
15
150

1,221
(1,185)
(7)
29

2012
£m
22
125
(107)
(1)
1
40

85
(81)
(2)
2

2011
£m
22
166
(143)
(1)
–
44

96
(84)
(4)
8

12. Employee entitlements
The group operates pension schemes, the majority of which are of the defined benefit type. The group also operates a small number  
of unfunded overseas post-retirement medical benefit schemes.

UK schemes
The group’s principal UK defined benefit pension schemes are funded schemes and are closed to new members, with defined contribution 
arrangements in place for other employees. The pension costs in the UK for the defined benefit schemes are assessed in accordance with 
the advice of independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit method. For defined contribution schemes, the pension costs are the 
contributions payable.

Actuarial gains and losses arising over the financial year are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income and are reflected  
in the balance sheet at 15 September 2012. Past service cost is recognised immediately in the income statement to the extent that the 
benefits have already vested.

The last actuarial valuation of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2011. At the valuation date  
the total market value of the assets of the Scheme was £2,559m and represented 101% of the benefits that had accrued to members after 
allowing for expected future increases in earnings. By agreement with the trustees, the Company agreed to eliminate the deficit identified 
at the time of the triennial actuarial valuation of the Scheme in 2008 with five annual payments of £30m. The fourth of these payments was 
made in March 2012, and although the fund was in surplus at the time of the most recent valuation, the Company has agreed to make the 
final payment in March 2013.

Overseas schemes
The group also operates defined benefit pension schemes in Australia and New Zealand, the United States, Canada, the Republic of Ireland, 
Spain, Switzerland, Germany, France, Italy, the Philippines, Thailand, Mexico, and South Africa. These schemes are primarily funded schemes. 
The charge for the year is based on recommendations by qualified actuaries. Unfunded post-retirement medical benefit schemes are 
accounted for as defined benefit pension schemes. For defined contribution schemes, the pension costs are the contributions payable.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

12. Employee entitlements continued
Assumptions
The UK pension schemes represent 90% (2011 – 90%) of the group’s scheme assets and 88% (2011 – 88%) of the group’s scheme liabilities. 
The financial assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes under IAS 19, together with the expected long-term rates of return on 
assets, are:

Discount rate
Inflation
Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase for pensions in payment
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided)

2012
%
4.6
3.1
4.1
2.9
2.6

2011
%
5.1
3.3
4.3
3.1
2.8

2010
%
5.2
3.5
5.0 
3.3 
3.0 

The mortality assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes are derived from the S1NA generational mortality tables with 
improvements in line with the projection model prepared by the Continuous Mortality Investigation of the UK actuarial profession, with  
no rating for males and a +0.2 year rating for females, with a long-term underpin of 1.5%. These mortality assumptions take account of 
experience to date, and assumptions for further improvements in life expectancy of scheme members.

Examples of the resulting life expectancies are as follows:

Life expectancy from age 65 (in years)
Member aged 65 in 2012 (2011)
Member aged 65 in 2032 (2031)

2012

Male
22.6
24.8

Female
24.7
27.1

2011

Male
22.5
24.7

Female
24.6
27.0

The other demographic assumptions have been set having regard to the latest trends in scheme experience and other relevant data. The 
assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension schemes.

For the overseas schemes, regionally appropriate assumptions have been used where recommended by local actuaries.

Balance sheet
The expected rates of return on plan assets were determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the long-term rate of return 
on government bonds available at the balance sheet date and with a similar maturity to the scheme liabilities, and applies to these rates 
suitable risk premia that take account of historic market returns and current market long-term expectations for each asset class.

The UK schemes’ net pension liability of £4m (2011 – £16m asset) plus the overseas schemes’ net pension liability of £91m (2011 – £60m 
liability) totals a liability of £95m (2011 – £44m). This equates to the employee benefits asset of £18m (2011 – £35m) and liability of £113m  
(2011 – £79m) shown on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. 

The expected rates of return and market values of the assets of the principal schemes were as follows:

UK schemes
Expected long-term rates of return:
  Equities
  Government bonds
  Non-government bonds
  Property
  Other
Total market value of plan assets
Present value of scheme liabilities
Net pension (liability)/asset
Unfunded liability included in the present value of scheme liabilities above

2012
%

2012
£m

2011
%

2011
£m

6.3
3.3
4.6
4.8
0.5

961
896
638
103
117
2,715
(2,719)
(4)
(19)

6.7
3.7
5.1
5.2
0.5

827
631
939
102
7
2,506
(2,490)
16
(17)

2010
%

7.1
 4.1
 5.2
5.6 
0.5 

2010
£m

831 
542
919 
90 
23 
2,405 
(2,434) 
(29) 
 (15)

The plan assets, scheme liabilities and aggregate net deficit of the plans were respectively £2,135m, £2,211m and £76m in 2009 and 
£2,202m, £2,117m and £85m surplus in 2008.

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure UK scheme liabilities at 15 September 2012 are:

Discount rate
Inflation 
Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of mortality

Change in assumption
decrease/increase by 0.5%
increase/decrease by 0.5%
increase/decrease by 0.5%
reduce by one year

Impact on scheme liabilities
increase/decrease by 9.0%
increase/decrease by 7.9%
increase/decrease by 1.6%
increase by 2.7%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

12. Employee entitlements continued
Overseas schemes
Expected long-term rates of return:
  Equities
  Government bonds
  Non-government bonds
  Property
  Other
Total market value of plan assets
Present value of scheme liabilities
Aggregate net deficit of the plans
Irrecoverable surplus (a)
Net pension liability
Unfunded liability included in the present value of scheme liabilities above

2012
%

7.2
3.7
3.7
4.3
4.0

2011
%

8.0
4.7
3.5
5.2
5.9

2012
£m

139
33
56
4
56
288
(371)
(83)
(8)
(91)
(38)

2011
£m

128
36
53
6
59
282
(334)
(52)
(8)
(60)
(34)

2010
%

2010
£m

7.7
4.3
2.9
7.1
6.3

112
34 
41
5 
93 
285 
(342) 
(57)
(13)
(70)
 (36)

The plan assets, scheme liabilities and aggregate net deficit of the plans were respectively £238m, £242m and £4m in 2009 and £222m, 
£211m and £11m surplus in 2008.

(a)  The surpluses in the plans are only recoverable to the extent that the group can benefit from either refunds formally agreed or from 

future contribution reductions.

Income statement
The charge to the income statement comprises:

Charged to operating profit:
Defined benefit plans
  Current service cost
  Gain on curtailment
Defined contribution plans

Total operating cost
Reported in other financial income/(expense):
Expected return on assets
Interest charge on liabilities
Net financial income from employee benefit schemes

Net impact on the income statement (before tax)

The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £294m (2011 – gain of £153m).

2012 
£m

2011 
£m

(34)
1
(53)

(86)

147
(142)
5

(39)
7
(51)

(83)

149
(142)
7

(81)

(76)

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

12. Employee entitlements continued
Cash flow
Group cash flow in respect of employee benefits schemes comprises contributions paid to funded plans and benefits paid in  
respect of unfunded plans. In 2012, the benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans was £nil (2011 – £1m). Company contributions  
to funded defined benefit plans are subject to periodic review. In 2012, contributions to funded defined benefit plans amounted to  
£71m (2011 – £70m). Contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to £53m (2011 – £51m).

Total contributions to funded plans and benefit payments by the group in respect of unfunded plans are currently expected to be 
approximately £67m in 2013 (2012 – £70m).

Other comprehensive income
Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Experience gains and losses arising on scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities

Change in unrecognised surplus
Net actuarial (loss)/gain recognised in other comprehensive income (before tax)

2012 
£m
147
204
(450)
(99)
–
(99)

2011 
£m
4
67
(62)
9
3
12

Cumulative actuarial losses from 19 September 2004 reported in other comprehensive income are £434m (2011 – cumulative actuarial 
losses of £335m).

Reconciliation of change in assets and liabilities

Asset/(liability) at beginning of year
Current service cost
Employee contributions
Employer contributions
Benefit payments
Gain on curtailments
Financial income
Financial expense
Actuarial gain/(loss)
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
Asset/(liability) at end of year

History of experience gains and losses
Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets
– amount (£m)
– percentage of scheme assets
Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities
– amount (£m)
– percentage of scheme liabilities
Total amount included in other comprehensive income
– amount (£m)
– percentage of scheme liabilities

2012
assets
£m
2,788
–
9
71
(137)
–
147
–
147
(22)
3,003

2011
assets
£m
2,690
–
10
70
(141)
(3)
149
–
4
9
2,788

2012
liabilities
£m
(2,824)
(34)
(9)
–
137
1
–
(142)
(246)
27
(3,090)

2011
liabilities
£m
(2,776)
(39)
(10)
–
142
10
–
(142)
5
(14)
(2,824)

2012
net
£m
(36)
(34)
–
70
–
1
147
(142)
(99)
6
(87)

2011
net
£m
(86)
(39)
–
70
1
7
149
(142)
9
(5)
(36)

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

147
4.9%

204
6.6%

(99)
3.2%

4
0.1%

67
2.4%

9
0.3%

236
8.8% 

(203)

8.6%

(170)
 7.0%

(15)
0.5%

5
0.2%

61
2.6%

 (37)
 1.3%

(231)

(253)

9.4% 10.9%

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

13. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

At 18 September 2010
Amount charged/(credited) to the income statement
Amount charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income
Amount charged/(credited) directly to equity
Effect of change in tax rate on income statement
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 17 September 2011
Amount charged/(credited) to the income statement
Amount charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income
Effect of change in tax rate on income statement
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Property,
plant and
equipment
£m
198
31
–
–
(24)
(1)
204
(13)
–
(3)
(9)
179

Intangible
assets
£m
123
(8)
–
–
–
–
115
(15)
–
(1)
(4)
95

Employee
benefits
£m
(27)
10
4
(2)
–
–
(15)
8
(21)
–
2
(26)

Financial
assets and
liabilities
£m
–
–
1
–
–
–
1
(1)
(4)
–
–
(4)

Other
temporary
differences
£m
28
18
1
–
1
(4)
44
2
(3)
–
(10)
33

Tax value of
carry-forward
losses
£m
(84)
(14)
–
–
7
(4)
(95)
(4)
–
(5)
4
(100)

Total
£m
238
37
6
(2)
(16)
(9)
254
(23)
(28)
(9)
(17)
177

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for 
financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

2012 
 £m 
(189)
366
177

 2011
 £m 
(150)
404
254

The recoverability of deferred tax assets is supported by the expected level of future profits in the countries concerned. Other deferred tax 
assets totalling £45m (2011 – £29m) have not been recognised on the basis that their future economic benefit is uncertain.

In addition, there are temporary differences of £2,098m (2011 – £2,095m) relating to investments in subsidiaries. No deferred tax has been 
provided in respect of these differences, since the timing of the reversals can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences 
will not reverse in the future.

14. Trade and other receivables

Non-current – other receivables
Loans and receivables
Other non-current investments

Current – trade and other receivables
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Accrued income

Prepayments and other non-financial receivables

2012 
 £m 

 2011
 £m

147
4
151

980
138
19
1,137
99
1,236

187
16
203

939
136
19
1,094
165
1,259

The directors consider that the carrying amount of receivables approximates fair value.

For details of credit risk exposure on trade and other receivables, see note 24.

Trade and other receivables include £16m (2011 – £19m) in respect of finance lease receivables, with £13m in non-current loans and 
receivables and £3m in current other receivables (2011 – £16m in non-current loans and receivables and £3m in current other receivables). 
Minimum lease payments receivable are £3m within one year and £13m between one and five years (2011 – £3m within one year, £14m 
between one and five years, and £3m after five years).

The finance lease receivables relate to property, plant and equipment leased to a joint venture of the group (see note 27).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

15. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods and goods held for resale

Write down of inventories

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash
Cash at bank and in hand
Cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Reconciliation to the cash flow statement
Bank overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 

2012 
 £m 
378
38
1,084
1,500
(66)

2012 
 £m 

233
158
391

(146)
245

Note

24

17

Cash at bank and in hand generally earns interest at rates based on the daily bank deposit rate. 

Cash equivalents generally comprise:

(i) 

 deposits placed on money markets for periods up to three months which earn interest at a short-term deposit rate; and

(ii)   funds invested with fund managers that have a maturity of less than or equal to three months and are at fixed rates.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

17. Loans and overdrafts

Current loans and overdrafts
Secured redeemable debenture stock 2013
Secured loans
Unsecured loans and overdrafts

Non-current loans
Secured redeemable debenture stock 2013
Secured loans
Unsecured loans
Finance leases

Note

25

24

2012 
 £m 

150
23
365
538

–
69
833
12
914
1,452

 2011
 £m 
362
35
1,028
1,425
(89)

 2011
 £m 

331
10
341

(50)
291

 2011
 £m

–
37
692
729

150
189
546
12
897
1,626

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

17. Loans and overdrafts continued

103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 (GBP)
Secured loans
– USD floating rate
– ZAR floating rate 
– RMB floating rate 
– Other floating rate
– Other fixed rate 
Unsecured loans and overdrafts
– Bank overdrafts 
– GBP floating rate 
– GBP fixed rate 
– USD floating rate
– USD fixed rate
– EUR floating rate
– EUR fixed rate
– RMB floating rate
– RMB fixed rate
– Other floating rate
– Other fixed rate
Finance leases (fixed rate)

Note

16

2012 
 £m 
150

–
–
11
81
–

146
122
160
1
597
32
17
111
6
5
1
12
1,452

 2011
 £m
150

10
79
53
81
3

50
514
81
28
295
146
19
96
2
5
2
12
1,626

Secured loans comprise amounts borrowed from commercial banks and are secured by floating charges over the assets of subsidiaries.

Bank overdrafts generally bear interest at floating rates.

18. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accruals 

Deferred income and other non-financial payables

For payables with a remaining life of less than one year, carrying amount is deemed to reflect the fair value.

2012 
£m 
824
681
1,505
247
1,752

 2011
 £m
788
622
1,410
217
1,627

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

19. Provisions

At 17 September 2011
Created
Unwinding of discount
Utilised
Released
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
At 15 September 2012

Current
Non-current

Restructuring 
£m
24
6
–
(9)
(1)
–
20

Deferred
consideration
£m
69
9
3
(1)
–
–
80

12
8
20

70
10
80

 Other 
 £m 
43
13
–
(2)
(14)
(4)
36

16
20
36

 Total
 £m
136
28
3
(12)
(15)
(4)
136

98
38
136

Provisions include financial liabilities of £136m (2011 – £136m) (see note 24).

Restructuring
Restructuring provisions relate to the cash costs, including redundancy, associated with the group’s announced reorganisation plans,  
of which the majority will be utilised in 2012/13.

Deferred consideration
Deferred consideration comprises estimates of amounts due to the previous owners of businesses acquired by the group which are  
often linked to performance or other conditions. 

Other
Other provisions mainly comprise litigation claims and warranty claims arising from the sale and closure of businesses. The extent  
and timing of the utilisation of these provisions is more uncertain given the nature of the claims and the period of the warranties.

20. Share capital and reserves
Share capital

Issued and fully paid
At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012

Ordinary
 shares of
 515⁄ 22p 
 each 
 000 

 Nominal
 value
 £m

791,674

45

At 15 September 2012, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 791,674,183 ordinary shares of 515⁄ 22p each, carrying one vote 
per share.

Other reserves
£173m of other reserves arose from the cancellation of share premium account by the Company in 1993. The remaining £2m arose in 2010 
as a transfer to capital redemption reserve following redemption of two million £1 deferred shares at par. Both are non-distributable.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations, as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge the group’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises all changes in the value of derivatives to the extent that they are effective cash flow hedges, net of amounts 
recycled from the hedging reserve on occurrence of the hedged transaction or when the hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

21. Acquisitions and disposals
2012
During 2012, the group acquired Elephant Atta, the UK’s leading ethnic flour brand, for a consideration of £34m. Additionally, a number of 
smaller acquisitions were made with a total cash consideration of £3m and deferred consideration payable on prior year acquisitions was 
increased by £9m. Total consideration therefore amounted to £46m. Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were £38m, comprising 
non-operating intangibles of £36m, inventory of £3m, cash of £1m, trade payables of £1m and short-term borrowings of £1m. Goodwill 
arising was £8m.

Cash flow on purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £45m comprises £37m cash consideration, less £1m cash acquired, 
and a £9m investment in joint ventures.

Loss on sale and closure of businesses of £9m comprised a £15m non-cash charge for the write-off of Illovo’s investment in pre-project 
expenditure in Mali (Sugar and Europe & Africa segments), offset by a £9m credit for recognition of deferred profit on the disposal of the 
group’s Polish sugar operations in November 2009 (Sugar and Europe & Africa segments) together with other small charges totalling £3m. 
Cash flow on sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £2m in the cash flow statement comprises receipts of deferred 
consideration in respect of previous business disposals.

2011
During 2011, the group completed no new business combinations or business disposals. Cash flow on purchase of subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates of £24m comprised £15m in respect of previous acquisitions and £9m investment in a joint venture. Cash flow  
on sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £3m in the cash flow statement comprises receipts of deferred consideration in 
respect of previous business disposals.

22. Share-based payments
The group had the following equity-settled share-based payment plans in operation during the period:

Associated British Foods 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (‘the 2000 Scheme’)
This scheme was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 15 December 2000. Under the terms  
of the 2000 Scheme, options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company may be granted to selected employees over the ten years from 
15 December 2000. The options must be held for three years before they become exercisable. The exercise of an option under this scheme 
will, in accordance with institutional shareholder guidelines, be conditional on the achievement of performance criteria which are based on 
growth in the group’s profits.

Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the Share Incentive Plan’)
The Share Incentive Plan was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 5 December 2003. It takes  
the form of conditional allocations of shares which will be released if, and to the extent that, certain performance targets are satisfied over  
a three-year performance period.

Further information regarding the operation of the above plans can be found on pages 53 and 54 of the Remuneration report.

Details of the group’s equity-settled share-based payment plans are as follows:

2012
the Share Incentive Plan
2011
the 2000 Scheme
the Share Incentive Plan

Balance
outstanding at
the beginning
of the year

Granted/
awarded

Exercised

Vested

Balance 
outstanding 
at the end
of the year

Expired/
lapsed

5,373,360

1,944,957

–

(1,046,375)

(1,096,003)

5,175,939

75,000
5,791,563

–
1,962,219

(55,000)
–

–
(1,132,093)

(20,000)
(1,248,329)

–
5,373,360

Weighted average exercise price of options

Outstanding at
the beginning
of the year
pence

Granted 
pence

Exercised
pence

Forfeited
pence

Expired/ 
lapsed
pence

Outstanding
at the end
of the year
pence

Exercisable
at the end
of the year
pence

Range of
exercise
prices for
options
outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
pence

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
 of outstanding
options at the
end of the year
years

2011
the 2000 Scheme

484.00

–

484.00

–

484.00

–

–

n/a

–

No share options were exercised during the year. The weighted average market price for share options exercised during 2011  
was 1,106 pence.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

22. Share-based payments continued
Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the 2000 Scheme, or subject to allocation under the Share Incentive Plan,  
are held in a separate Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust. The Trust is funded by the Company. Voting rights attached to shares held  
by the Trust are exercisable by the trustee, who is entitled to consider any recommendation made by a committee of the Company. At 
15 September 2012 the Trust held 2,769,023 (2011 – 3,815,490) ordinary shares of the Company. The market value of these shares at  
the year end was £35m (2011 – £43m). The trust has waived its right to dividends. Movements in the year were releases under the Share 
Incentive Plan of 1,046,375 (2011 – releases under the Share Incentive Plan of 1,132,093, share option exercises of 55,000 and purchases 
of 1,500,000).

Fair values
The weighted average fair value for the 2000 Scheme was determined using a binomial lattice model and for the Share Incentive Plan by 
taking the market price of the shares at the time of grant and discounting for the fact that dividends are not paid during the vesting period. 
The weighted average fair value of the shares awarded under the Share Incentive Plan during the year was 1,022 pence (2011 – 999 pence) 
and the weighted average share price was 1,099 pence (2011 – 1,074 pence). The dividend yield used was 2.5%. No options were granted 
under the 2000 Scheme in either 2011 or 2012.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1, the group has recognised an expense in respect of all grants under these plans 
made after 7 November 2002 and unvested at 18 September 2004. The group recognised a total equity-settled share-based payment 
expense of £8m (2011 – £8m).

23. Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand, cash equivalents and overdrafts 
Short-term borrowings
Loans over one year

At
17 September
2011
£m
291
(679)
(897)
(1,285)

Cash flow
£m
(28)
279
(44)
207

Acquisitions
£m
–
(1)
–
(1)

Exchange
adjustments
£m
(18)
9
27
18

At
15 September
2012
£m
245
(392)
(914)
(1,061)

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits and investments with original maturities of three months or less.  
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash  
flow statement.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments
a) Carrying amount and fair values of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and receivables:
Trade and other receivables
Other non-current receivables (fair value 2012 – £147m; fair value 2011 – £186m)
At fair value through profit or loss:
Derivative assets not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship:
– currency derivatives
– commodity derivatives
Designated cash flow hedging relationships:
Derivative assets designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments:
– currency derivatives
– commodity derivatives
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at amortised cost:
Trade and other payables
Secured redeemable debenture stock (fair value 2012 – £163m; fair value 2011 – £174m)
Secured loans (fair value 2012 – £92m; fair value 2011 – £227m)
Unsecured loans and overdrafts (fair value 2012 – £1,332m; fair value 2011 – £1,312m)
Finance leases (fair value 2012 – £10m; fair value 2011 – £10m)
Provisions
At fair value through profit or loss:
Derivative liabilities not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship:
– currency derivatives
– commodity derivatives
Designated cash flow hedging relationships:
Derivative liabilities designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments:
– currency derivatives
– commodity derivatives
Total financial liabilities
Net financial liabilities 

Except where stated, carrying amount is equal to fair value.

2012
£m

391

1,137
151

2
8

17
6
1,712

(1,505)
(150)
(92)
(1,198)
(12)
(136)

2011
£m

341

1,094
203

4
1

17
4
1,664

(1,410)
(150)
(226)
(1,238)
(12)
(136)

(4)
(8)

(2)
(1)

(35)
(3)
(3,143)
(1,431)

(12)
(7)
(3,194)
(1,530)

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

Financial asset/liability
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables, other receivables and accrued income
Trade payables, other payables and accruals

Other non-current investments (recorded within other  
non-current receivables)

Other long-term receivables
Loans, overdrafts and debenture stock
Finance leases

Derivatives

Provisions

Fair value determination
Fair values have been stated at book values due to short maturities or 
otherwise immediate or short-term access and realisability.

These comprise minority shareholdings held primarily in privately owned, 
unquoted companies, where there is no active market available to value 
them. Where the fair value of the equity instruments cannot be reliably 
measured, they are recorded at cost.

Where shareholdings are held in publicly quoted companies, bid price is 
used to estimate fair value.

Fair values have been estimated by discounting expected future cash flows.

Fair values are typically determined either by reference to third-party 
valuations (usually from a bank), or by reference to readily observable 
market prices.

The group’s derivatives primarily cover a period of no more than 12 months 
from the balance sheet date, and information derived from an active market  
is almost always available to assist with the valuation of derivatives.

These are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure 
required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are 
discounted to present value where the effect is material. Consequently,  
fair value is equivalent to book value.

Valuation of financial instruments carried at fair value
Financial instruments carried at fair value in the balance sheet comprise other non-current investments and derivatives. The group  
classifies these financial instruments using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the relative significance of both objective evidence and 
subjective judgements on the inputs used in making the fair value measurements:

(cid:116)(cid:1) Level 1: financial instruments are valued using observable inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted market prices in an active market for 
identical instruments. An example of an item in this category is a widely traded equity instrument with a normal quoted market price.

(cid:116)(cid:1) Level 2: financial instruments are valued using techniques based on observable inputs, either directly (i.e. market prices and rates) or 
indirectly (i.e. derived from market prices and rates). An example of an item in this category is a currency derivative, where forward 
exchange rates and yield curve data which are observable in the market are used to derive fair value.

(cid:116)(cid:1) Level 3: financial instruments are valued using techniques involving significant unobservable inputs. 

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
b) Derivatives
All derivatives are classified as current on the face of the balance sheet. The table below analyses the carrying amount of derivatives and 
their contractual/notional amounts, together with an analysis of derivatives by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which their fair value 
measurement method is categorised.

Financial assets
Currency derivatives
Commodity derivatives

Financial liabilities
Currency derivatives
Commodity derivatives

2012

2011

Contractual/
notional
amounts
£m

536
110
646

1,396
70
1,466

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Total
£m

–
10
10

–
(8)
(8)

19
4
23

(39)
(3)
(42)

19
14
33

(39)
(11)
(50)

Contractual/
notional
amounts
£m

927
79
1,006

682
74
756

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

–
2
2

–
(4)
(4)

21
3
24

(15)
(3)
(18)

Total
£m

21
5
26

(15)
(7)
(22)

c) Cash flow hedging reserve
The following table identifies the movements in the cash flow hedging reserve during the year, and the periods in which the cash flows are 
expected to occur. The periods in which the cash flows are expected to impact profit or loss are materially the same.

Opening balance
Losses/(gains) recognised in the hedging reserve 
Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included  
in the income statement due to settlement of contracts: 

  – revenue
  – cost of sales
Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included  
in a non-financial asset due to settlement of contracts: 

  – property, plant and equipment
  – inventory
Deferred tax
Closing balance
Cash flows are expected to occur: 
  – within six months
  – between six months and one year

Currency
derivatives
£m
(4)
(38)

2012

Commodity
derivatives
£m
1
19

Total
£m
(3)
(19)

Currency
derivatives
£m
6
1

2011

Commodity
derivatives
£m
(4)
6

22
–

(1)
39
(4)
14

10
4
14

–
(15)

–
(5)
–
–

–
–
–

22
(15)

(1)
34
(4)
14

10
4
14

3
(2)

–
(10)
(2)
(4)

(5)
1
(4)

(13)
3

–
6
3
1

1
–
1

Total
£m
2
7

(10)
1

–
(4)
1
(3)

(4)
1
(3)

Of the closing balance of £14m, £17m is attributable to equity shareholders and £(3)m to non-controlling interests (2011 – £(3)m attributable 
entirely to non-controlling interests). Movements in the year (net) of £17m (2011 – £(5)m) comprise £17m attributable to equity shareholders 
and £nil to non-controlling interests (2011 – £(4)m to equity shareholders and £(1)m to non-controlling interests).

d) Financial risk identification and management
The group is exposed to the following financial risks from its use of financial instruments:

(cid:116)(cid:1) market risk;

(cid:116)(cid:1) credit risk; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) liquidity risk.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
The group’s financial risk management process seeks to enable the early identification, evaluation and effective management of key risks 
facing the business. Risk management policies and systems have been established and are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market 
conditions and the group’s activities. The group, through its standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive 
control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

The group sources and sells products and manufactures goods in a wide variety of locations around the world. These operations expose  
the group to potentially significant price volatility in the financial and commodity markets. Trading and risk management teams have been 
established in the group’s major businesses to manage this exposure by entering into a range of products, including physical and financial 
forward contracts, futures and, where appropriate, options. These teams work closely with group Treasury and report regularly to 
executive management.

Treasury operations and commodity procurement are conducted within a clearly defined framework of board-approved policies and 
guidelines to manage the group’s financial and commodity risks. Treasury works closely with the group’s procurement teams to manage 
commodity risks. Treasury policy seeks to ensure that adequate financial resources are available to the group at all times, for the 
management and development of the group’s businesses, whilst effectively managing its market risk and credit risk. The group’s risk 
management policy explicitly forbids the use of financial or commodity derivatives (outside its risk management framework of mitigating 
financial and commodity risks) for speculative purposes.

e) Foreign currency translation
The group presents its financial statements in sterling. As a result of its diverse worldwide operations, the group is exposed to foreign 
currency translation risk where overseas operations have a functional currency other than sterling. Changes in foreign currency exchange 
rates impact the translation into sterling of both the income statement and net assets of these foreign operations.

Where appropriate, the group finances its operations by borrowing locally in the functional currency of its operations. This reduces net asset 
values reported in functional currencies other than sterling, thereby reducing the economic exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency 
exchange rates on translation.

The group also finances its operations by obtaining funding at group level through external borrowings and, where they are not in sterling, 
these borrowings may be designated as net investment hedges. This enables gains and losses arising on retranslation of these foreign 
currency borrowings to be charged to other comprehensive income, providing a partial offset in equity against the gains and losses arising 
on translation of the net assets of foreign operations.

The group does not actively hedge the translation impact of foreign exchange rate movements on the income statement (other than  
via the partial economic hedge arising from the servicing costs on non-sterling borrowings), nor does it use derivatives to hedge its net 
investments in foreign operations.

The group designates certain of its intercompany loan arrangements as quasi-equity for the purposes of IAS 21. The effect of the 
designation is that any foreign exchange volatility arising within the borrowing entity and/or the lending entity is accounted for directly  
within other comprehensive income.

The group has foreign currency borrowings that have been designated as hedges of its net investment in foreign operations in euros  
and US dollars. The value of these financial liabilities used as hedging instruments at the balance sheet date was:

Euro
US dollar

2012
£m

17
597
614

2011
£m

52
296
348

The foreign exchange gain of £11m (2011 – gain of £2m) on retranslation of these loans has been taken to the translation reserve on 
consolidation. Of this balance a gain of £12m was attributable to equity shareholders and a loss of £1m to non-controlling interests  
(2011 – £1m to equity shareholders and £1m to non-controlling interests).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
f) Market risk
Market risk is the risk of movements in the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument or forecast transaction as underlying 
market prices change. The group is exposed to changes in the market price of commodities, interest rates and foreign exchange rates.  
These risks are known as ‘transaction’ (or recognised) exposures and ‘economic’ (or forecast) exposures.

(i) Commodity price risk
Commodity price risk arises from the procurement of raw materials and the consequent exposure to changes in market prices.

The group purchases a wide range of commodities in the ordinary course of business. Exposure to changes in the market price of certain  
of these commodities including wheat, edible oils, soya beans, meat, sugar raws, cocoa, rice, tea and energy is managed through the use  
of forward physical contracts and hedging instruments, including futures and options contracts, primarily to convert floating or indexed 
prices to fixed prices. The use of such contracts to hedge commodity exposures is governed by the group’s risk management policies and 
is continually monitored by group Treasury. Commodity derivatives also provide a way to meet customers’ pricing requirements whilst 
achieving a price structure consistent with the group’s overall pricing strategy.

Some of the group’s commodity derivatives are treated as ‘own use’ contracts, since they are both entered into, and continue to be  
held, for the purposes of the group’s ordinary operations, and the group takes physical delivery of the commodity concerned. ‘Own use’ 
contracts do not require accounting entries until the commodity purchase actually crystallises. Certain other commodity derivatives are 
accounted for as cash flow hedges, but some are not eligible for treatment as ‘own use’ contracts and are not contracts for which the 
strict requirements of hedge accounting can be satisfied. This occurs typically where the group does not take physical delivery of the 
commodity concerned. Such commodity derivatives are used only where the business believes they provide an economic hedge  
of an underlying exposure. These instruments are classified as held for trading and are marked to market through the income statement.

The majority of the group’s forward physical contracts and commodity derivatives have original maturities of less than one year.

The group does not have significant sensitivities in respect of the accounting for its on-balance sheet commodity contracts.

(ii) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk comprises two primary elements:

(cid:116)(cid:1) interest price risk results from financial instruments bearing fixed interest rates. Changes in floating interest rates therefore affect the 

fair value of these fixed rate financial instruments; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) interest cash flow risk results from financial instruments bearing floating rates. Changes in floating interest rates affect cash flows on 

interest receivable or payable.

The group’s policy is to maintain floating rate debt for a significant proportion of its bank finance, although it periodically assesses its position 
with respect to interest price and cash flow risk.

At 15 September 2012, £943m (65%) (2011 – £564m and 35%) of total debt was subject to fixed rates of interest. The group’s fixed rate  
debt includes the US Private Placement loans of £774m (2011 – £394m) and the £150m 103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013  
(2011 – £150m).

Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings bearing interest rates fixed in advance, for various time periods up to 12 months, by reference 
to official market rates (e.g. LIBOR).

The group does not have significant sensitivities to the impact of interest rates on derivative valuations, nor to the impact of interest rates on 
floating rate borrowings.

(iii) Foreign currency risk
The group conducts business worldwide and consequently in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is exposed to movements in foreign 
currency exchange rates which affect the group’s transaction costs. The group also publishes its financial statements in sterling and is 
therefore exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates on the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign  
operations into sterling.

Translation risk is discussed in section e) above.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
Transaction risk
Currency transaction exposure occurs where a business makes sales and purchases in a currency other than its functional currency. It also 
arises where monetary assets and liabilities of a business are not denominated in its functional currency, and where dividends or surplus 
funds are remitted from overseas. The group’s policy is to match transaction exposures wherever possible, and to hedge actual exposures 
and firm commitments as soon as they occur by using forward foreign currency contracts. All foreign currency instruments contracted with 
non-group entities to manage transaction exposures are undertaken by group Treasury or, where foreign currency controls restrict group 
Treasury acting on behalf of subsidiaries, under its guidance. Identification of transaction exposures is the responsibility of each business.

The group uses derivatives (principally forward foreign currency contracts and time options) to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange 
rates on its foreign currency trade receivables and payables. The group does not seek formal fair value hedge accounting for such transaction 
hedges. Instead, such derivatives are classified as held for trading and marked to market through the income statement. This offsets the 
income statement impact of the retranslation of the foreign currency trade receivables and payables.

Economic (forecast) risk
The group also uses forward foreign currency contracts to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange rates on its highly probable 
forecast foreign currency sales and purchases on a rolling 12 month basis. The group does not formally define the proportion of highly 
probable forecast sales and purchases to hedge, but agrees an appropriate percentage on an individual basis with each business by reference  
to the group’s risk management policies and prevailing market conditions. The group documents currency derivatives used to hedge its 
forecast transactions as cash flow hedges. To the extent that cash flow hedges are effective, gains and losses are deferred in equity until  
the forecast transaction occurs, at which point the gains and losses are recycled either to the income statement or to the non-financial 
asset acquired.

The majority of the group’s currency derivatives have original maturities of less than one year.

The group’s most significant currency transaction exposures are:

(cid:116)(cid:1) sugar prices in British Sugar to movements in the sterling/euro exchange rate;

(cid:116)(cid:1) sugar prices in Illovo to movements in the South African rand/US dollar/euro exchange rates; and

(cid:116)(cid:1) sourcing for Primark – costs are denominated in a number of currencies, predominantly sterling, euros and US dollars.

Elsewhere, a number of businesses make sales and purchase a variety of raw materials in foreign currencies (primarily US dollars and euros), 
giving rise to transaction exposures. In all other material respects, businesses tend to operate in their functional currencies and,  
as a result, further transaction exposure to foreign currency exchange rate movements is modest.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

24. Financial instruments continued
The analysis of the group’s foreign currency exposure to financial assets and liabilities by currency of denomination is as follows:

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Secured loans
Unsecured loans and overdrafts

Currency derivatives
Gross amounts receivable
Gross amounts payable

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Secured loans
Unsecured loans and overdrafts

Currency derivatives
Gross amounts receivable
Gross amounts payable

Sterling
£m

US dollar
£m

2012

Euro
£m

Other
£m

3
–
3

(3)
–
(4)
(7)

50
(66)
(16)

(20)

20
27
47

(142)
–
(598)
(740)

882
(151)
731

3
50
53

(22)
–
(19)
(41)

38
(686)
(648)

38

(636)

2011

Sterling
£m

US dollar
£m

7
–
7

(3)
–
–
(3)

24
(8)
16

20

59
21
80

(169)
(10)
(327)
(506)

742
(62)
680

254

Euro
£m

31
40
71

(13)
–
(58)
(71)

59
(614)
(555)

(555)

8
11
19

(10)
–
–
(10)

68
(28)
40

49

Other
£m

7
11
18

(8)
(3)
–
(11)

83
(61)
22

29

Total
£m

34
88
122

(177)
–
(621)
(798)

1,038
(931)
107

(569)

Total
£m

104
72
176

(193)
(13)
(385)
(591)

908
(745)
163

(252)

2011
1.58
1.15
11.72
10.08
1.53

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

US dollar
Euro
Rand
Renminbi
Australian dollar

Average rate

Closing rate

2012
1.57
1.21
12.67
9.98
1.53

2011
1.60
1.15
11.09
10.51
1.57

2012
1.62
1.23
13.35
10.26
1.54

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
Sensitivity analysis
The following sensitivity analysis illustrates the impact that a 10% strengthening of the group’s operating currencies against local functional 
currencies would have had on profit and equity. The analysis covers currency translation exposures at year end on businesses’ financial 
assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currencies of those businesses. A similar but opposite impact would be  
felt on both profit and equity if the group’s main operating currencies weakened against local functional currencies by a similar amount.

The exposure to foreign exchange gains and losses on translating the financial statements of subsidiaries into sterling is not included in this 
sensitivity analysis, as there is no impact on the income statement, and the gains and losses are recorded directly in the translation reserve 
in equity (see below for a separate sensitivity). This sensitivity is presented before taxation and non-controlling interests.

10% strengthening against other currencies of
Sterling
US dollar
Euro
Other

2012
impact on 
profit for 
the year
+/- £m
–
3
2
1

2012
impact on
total equity
+/- £m
(2)
21
(71)
31

2011
impact on
profit for
the year 
+/- £m
–
17
4

5

2011
impact on
total equity
+/- £m
2
41
(63)

A second sensitivity analysis calculates the impact on the group’s profit before tax if the average rates used to translate the results of the 
group’s foreign operations into sterling were adjusted to show a 10% strengthening of sterling. A similar but opposite impact would be felt 
on profit before tax if sterling weakened against the other currencies by a similar amount.

10% strengthening of sterling against
US dollar
Euro
Rand
Renminbi
Australian dollar

2012
impact on
profit for
the year 
+/- £m
(4)
(13)
1
3
13

2011
impact on
profit for
the year
+/- £m
(6)
(7)
3
(2)
–

g) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that counterparties to financial instruments do not perform according to the terms of the contract or instrument. The 
group’s businesses are exposed to counterparty credit risk when dealing with customers, and from certain financing activities.

The immediate credit exposure of financial instruments is represented by those financial instruments that have a net positive fair value  
by counterparty at 15 September 2012. The group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be:

Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and receivables (see note 24a)
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
– derivative assets
Designated cash flow hedging relationships
– derivative assets

2012
£m
391
1,288

10

23
1,712

2011
£m
341
1,297

5

21
1,664

The majority of cash balances and short-term deposits are held with strong investment-grade banks or financial institutions.

As at 15 September 2012, there were no significant financial guarantees or third-party obligations that increased the credit risk of the 
financial assets set out above.

The group uses market knowledge, changes in credit ratings and other techniques to identify significant changes to the financial profile  
of its counterparties.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
Trade and other receivables
Concentrations of credit risk are limited as a result of the group’s large and diverse customer base. The group has an established credit 
policy applied by each business under which the credit status of each new customer is reviewed before credit is advanced. This includes 
external credit evaluations where possible and in some cases bank references. Credit limits are established for all significant or high-risk 
customers, which represent the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding without requiring additional approval from the appropriate 
level of management. Outstanding debts are continually monitored by each business. Credit limits are reviewed on a regular basis, and at 
least annually. Customers that fail to meet the group’s benchmark creditworthiness may only transact with the group on a prepayment 
basis. Aggregate exposures are monitored at group level.

Many of the group’s customers have been transacting with the group for many years and the incidence of bad debts has been low. Where 
appropriate, goods are sold subject to retention of title so that, in the event of non-payment, the group may have a secured claim. The group 
does not typically require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables.

The group provides for impairment of financial assets including trade and other receivables based on known events, and makes a collective 
provision for losses yet to be identified, based on historical data. The majority of the provision comprises specific amounts.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables at the reporting date by geographic region of origin was:

UK
Europe & Africa
The Americas
Asia Pacific

Trade receivables can be analysed as follows:

Not overdue
Up to 1 month past due
Between 1 and 2 months past due
Between 2 and 3 months past due
More than 3 months past due
Provision for doubtful debts
At 15 September 2012

2012
£m
405
241
141
350
1,137

2012
gross
£m
850
107
22
6
32
(37)
980

Based on past experience, the group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables that are not 
past due.

Trade and other receivables are stated net of the following provision for irrecoverable amounts:

Opening balance
Amounts provided for during the year
Amounts released during the year
Amounts utilised during the year
Effect of movements in foreign exchange
Closing balance

2012
£m
38
9
(3)
(6)
(1)
37

2011
£m
379
209
132
374
1,094

2011
gross
£m
821
92
21
9
34
(38)
939

2011
£m
38
10
(5)
(5)
–
38

No trade and other receivables (2011 – none) were written off directly to the income statement in the year.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents
Banking relationships are generally limited to those banks that are members of the core relationship group. These banks are selected for 
their credit status, global reach and their ability to meet the businesses’ day-to-day banking requirements. The credit ratings of these 
institutions are monitored on a continuing basis. In locations where the core relationship banking group cannot be used, operating 
procedures including choice of bank, opening of bank accounts and repatriation of funds must be agreed with group Treasury. The group 
has not recorded impairments against cash or cash equivalents, nor have any recoverability issues been identified with such balances. Such 
items are typically recoverable on demand or in line with normal banking arrangements.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
Other financial assets
Other non-current investments are typically equity investments with no fixed maturity or recoverability date. No impairment issues have 
been identified with respect to other non-current investments.

Since derivative assets are recorded at fair value, either through profit and loss for those not in a designated cash flow hedging relationship, 
or otherwise through the hedging reserve, no impairment issues have been identified.

h) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with its financial liabilities as they fall due. 
Group Treasury is responsible for monitoring and managing liquidity and ensures that the group has sufficient headroom in its committed 
facilities to meet unforeseen or abnormal requirements. The group also has access to uncommitted facilities to assist with short-term 
funding requirements.

Available headroom is monitored via the use of detailed cash flow forecasts prepared by each business, which are reviewed at least 
quarterly, or more often, as required. Actual results are compared to budget and forecast each period, and variances investigated and 
explained. Particular focus is given to management of working capital.

Details of the group’s borrowing facilities are given in section i).

The following table analyses the contractual undiscounted cash flows relating to financial liabilities at the balance sheet date and compares 
them to carrying amounts:

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Secured redeemable debenture stock
Secured loans
Unsecured loans and overdrafts
Finance leases
Provisions
Derivative financial liabilities 
– Currency derivatives (net payments)
– Commodity derivatives (net payments)
Total financial liabilities

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Secured redeemable debenture stock
Secured loans
Unsecured loans and overdrafts
Finance leases
Provisions
Derivative financial liabilities 
– Currency derivatives (net payments)
– Commodity derivatives (net payments)
Total financial liabilities

Due within 
6 months
£m

Note

Due 
between
6 months
 and 1 year
£m

Due 
between
1 and 2
years
£m

18
17
17
17
25
19

(1,494)
(5)
(6)
(353)
(1)
(86)

(29)
(22)
(1,996)

(11)
(158)
(17)
(43)
–
(2)

(10)
(6)
(247)

–
–
(27)
(161)
(1)
(27)

–
(1)
(217)

Due within 
6 months
£m

Note

Due 
between
6 months
 and 1 year
£m

Due 
between
1 and 2 
years
£m

18
17
17
17
25
19

(1,383)
(5)
(11)
(625)
(1)
(26)

(11)
(17)
(2,079)

(27)
(8)
(26)
(92)
–
(5)

(5)
(7)
(170)

–
(166)
(68)
(119)
(1)
(103)

–
–
(457)

2012

Due 
between
2 and 5 
years
£m

–
–
(42)
(289)
(2)
(19)

–
–
(352)

2011

Due 
between
2 and 5 
years
£m

–
–
(85)
(377)
(2)
(7)

–
–
(471)

Due after
5 years
£m

Contracted
amount
£m

Carrying
amount
£m

–
–
–
(558)
(38)
(2)

–
–
(598)

(1,505)
(163)
(92)
(1,404)
(42)
(136)

(39)
(29)
(3,410)

(1,505)
(150)
(92)
(1,198)
(12)
(136)

(39)
(11)
(3,143)

Due after
5 years
£m

Contracted
amount
£m

Carrying
amount
£m

–
–
(36)
(151)
(39)
–

–
–
(226)

(1,410)
(179)
(226)
(1,364)
(43)
(141)

(16)
(24)
(3,403)

(1,410)
(150)
(226)
(1,238)
(12)
(136)

(14)
(8)
(3,194)

The above tables do not include forecast data for liabilities which may be incurred in the future but which were not contracted at 
15 September 2012.

The principal reasons for differences between carrying values and contractual undiscounted cash flows are coupon payments on the 
secured redeemable debenture stock and other fixed rate debt to which the group is already committed, future interest payments on  
the group’s finance leases, and cash flows on derivative financial instruments which are not aligned with their fair value.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
i) Borrowing facilities
The group has substantial borrowing facilities available to it. The undrawn committed facilities available at 15 September 2012 in respect  
of which all conditions precedent have been met amounted to £1,384m (2011 – £911m):

£1.15bn syndicated facility 
US private placement 
British Sugar secured redeemable debenture stock 
European Investment Bank
Illovo
Azucarera
Other

Uncommitted facilities available at 15 September 2012 were:

Money market lines 
Illovo
China banking
Other

Facility
£m
1,150
774
150
120
202
156
7
2,559

Facility
£m
100
112
528
134
874

2012

Drawn
£m
–
774
150
120
97
32
2
1,175

2012

Drawn
£m
–
72
158
35
265

Undrawn
£m
1,150
–
–
–
105
124
5
1,384

Undrawn
£m
100
40
370
99
609

Facility
£m
1,150
394
150
120
255
227
28
2,324

Facility
£m
100
130
419
121
770

2011

Drawn
£m
438
394
150
120
183
111
17
1,413

2011

Drawn
£m
21
37
115
28
201

Undrawn
£m
712
–
–
–
72
116
11
911

Undrawn
£m
79
93
304
93
569

In addition to the above facilities there are also £253m (2011 – £75m) of undrawn and available credit lines for the purposes of issuing 
letters of credit and guarantees in the normal course of business.

The group also has £12m of finance lease liabilities which are not included in the tables above, but which are included in the group’s loans 
and overdrafts in note 17.

The £1.15bn syndicated facility matures in July 2015. In addition to the bank debt, the Company has £774m of private placement notes  
in issue to institutional investors in the US and Europe. At 15 September 2012, these had an average remaining duration of 6.1 years and  
an average fixed coupon of 5.4%. The other significant core committed debt facilities comprise a £150m debenture loan (maturing 2013), 
£120m EIB loan (maturing 2015), as well as local committed facilities in Illovo and Azucarera.

Uncommitted bank borrowing facilities are normally reaffirmed by the banks annually, although they can theoretically be withdrawn at  
any time.

Refer to note 9 for details of the group’s capital commitments and to note 26 for a summary of the group’s guarantees. An assessment  
of the group’s current liquidity position is given in the Financial review on page 31.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24. Financial instruments continued
j) Capital management
The capital structure of the group is presented in the balance sheet. The statement of changes in equity provides details on equity and  
note 17 provides details of loans and overdrafts. Short and medium-term funding requirements are provided by a variety of loan and 
overdraft facilities, both committed and uncommitted, with a range of counterparties and maturities. Longer term funding is sourced  
from a combination of these facilities, the private placement notes and committed syndicated loan facilities.

The board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to enable successful 
future development of the business. The board monitors return on capital by division and determines the overall level of dividends payable 
to shareholders.

From time to time the trustee of the Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the market to satisfy 
awards under the group’s share option scheme and long-term incentive plan. Once purchased, shares are not sold back into the market. 
The group does not have a defined share buy-back plan.

There were no changes to the group’s approach to capital management during the year. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries  
are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

25. Lease commitments
Operating leases
The group acts as a lessee, lessor and sub-lessor both for land and buildings, and plant and machinery, under operating leases.

Sublease receipts of £1m (2011 – £3m) were recognised in the income statement in the period, the majority relating to operating leases. 
The total of future minimum sublease receipts expected to be received is £43m (2011 – £53m).

Under the terms of the lease agreements, no contingent rents are payable.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years

Finance leases
Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years

2012
£m
166
608
1,959
2,733

2011
£m
136
539
1,843
2,518

2012
minimum
lease
payments
£m
1
3
38
42

2012
interest
£m
1
2
27
30

2012
principal
£m

–1
13
11
12

2011
minimum
lease
payments
£m

1
2

39
43

2011 
interest 
 £m 
–
1

28
31

2011
 principal
 £m

11
12

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

26. Contingencies 
Litigation and other proceedings against companies in the group are not considered material in the context of these financial statements.

The group has adopted the amendments to IAS 39 in relation to financial guarantee contracts which apply for periods commencing on  
or after 1 January 2006. Where group companies enter into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other group 
companies, the group considers these to be insurance arrangements and has elected to account for them as such in accordance with 
IFRS 4. In this respect, the guarantee contract is treated as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the relevant 
group company issuing the guarantee will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

As at 15 September 2012, group companies have provided guarantees in the ordinary course of business amounting to £833m  
(2011 – £645m).

27. Related parties
The group has a controlling related party relationship with its parent company, which is also its ultimate parent company (see note 28). The 
group also has a related party relationship with its associates and joint ventures (see note 28) and with its directors. In the course of normal 
operations, related party transactions entered into by the group have been contracted on an arm’s length basis.

Material transactions and year end balances with related parties were as follows:

Charges to Wittington Investments Limited in respect of services provided by the Company  

and its subsidiary undertakings

trustees of the Garfield Weston Foundation

Dividends paid by Associated British Foods and received in a beneficial capacity by:
(i)  
(ii)   directors of Wittington Investments Limited who are not trustees of the Foundation
(iii)   directors of the Company who are not trustees of the Foundation and are not directors  

of Wittington Investments Limited

(iv)  a member of the Weston family employed within the Associated British Foods group
Sales to fellow subsidiary undertakings on normal trading terms
Sales to companies with common key management personnel on normal trading terms
Commissions paid to companies with common key management personnel on normal trading terms
Amounts due from fellow subsidiary undertakings
Amounts due from a company with common key management personnel
Sales to joint ventures on normal trading terms
Sales to associates on normal trading terms
Purchases from joint ventures on normal trading terms
Purchases from associates on normal trading terms
Amounts due from joint ventures 
Amounts due from associates
Amounts due to joint ventures 
Amounts due to associates

Sub note

1

2
3
4
5
5
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

2012
 £000 

330

7,143
1,120

21
746
135
14,710
300
–
1,531
18,177
17,598
292,687
21,898
152,136
898
24,808
2,398

 2011
 £000

249

6,960
952

18
706
2,802
14,870
–
23
1,530
36,421
15,116
273,533
23,149
196,288
1,509
11,859
804

1.   The Garfield Weston Foundation (‘the Foundation’) is an English charitable trust, established in 1958 by the late W Garfield Weston.  
The Foundation has no direct interest in the Company, but as at 15 September 2012 was the beneficial owner of 683,073 shares  
(2011 – 683,073 shares) in Wittington Investments Limited representing 79.2% (2011 – 79.2%) of that company’s issued share capital 
and is, therefore, the Company’s ultimate controlling party. At 15 September 2012 trustees of the Foundation comprised two children 
and two grandchildren of the late W Garfield Weston and five children of the late Garry H Weston.

2.   Details of the directors are given on pages 36 and 37. Their interests, including family interests, in the Company and its subsidiary 

undertakings are given on page 57. Key management personnel are considered to be the directors, and their remuneration is disclosed 
within the Remuneration report on page 58.

3.   A member of the Weston family who is employed by the group and is not a director of the Company or Wittington Investments Limited 

and is not a trustee of the Foundation.

4.   The fellow subsidiary undertakings are Fortnum and Mason plc and Heal & Son Limited.
5.   The companies with common key management personnel are the George Weston Limited group, in Canada, and Selfridges & Co Ltd.
6.   Details of the group’s principal joint ventures and associates are set out in note 28.

Amounts due from joint ventures comprise £16m (2011 – £19m) of finance lease receivables (see note 14) and £126m (2011 – £150m)  
of loan receivables. The remainder of the balance is trading balances. The loan receivables are all non-current (2011 – all non-current),  
and all but £3m (2011 – £3m) of the finance lease receivables are non-current.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

28. Group entities 
Control of the group
The largest group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is that headed by Wittington Investments Limited, the accounts of 
which are available at Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff CF14 3UZ. It is the ultimate holding company, is incorporated in Great Britain 
and is registered in England.

At 15 September 2012 Wittington Investments Limited together with its subsidiary, Howard Investments Limited, held 431,515,108 ordinary 
shares (2011 – 431,515,108) representing in aggregate 54.5% (2011 – 54.5%) of the total issued ordinary share capital of Associated British 
Foods plc.

Significant subsidiaries
A list of the group’s significant subsidiaries is given below. The entire share capital of the companies listed is held within the group except 
where percentages are shown. These percentages give the group’s ultimate interest and therefore allow for the situation where subsidiaries 
are owned by partly owned intermediate subsidiaries.

Manufacturing activities
AB Agri Limited
AB Azucarera Iberia, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal
AB Brasil Industria e comercio de Alimentos LTDA
AB Calsa SA de C.V.
AB Enzymes GmbH
AB Enzymes Oy
ABF Grain Products Limited
AB Food & Beverages Australia Pty Ltd
AB Food & Beverages Philippines, Inc.
AB Food & Beverages (Thailand) Limited
AB (Harbin) Food Ingredients Company Limited
AB Mauri (Canada) Limited
AB Mauri Food Inc.
AB Mauri Food, S.A.
AB Mauri India (Private) Limited
AB Mauri Malaysia Sdn. Bnd.
AB Mauri Vietnam Ltd (66%)
Abitec Corporation
ABNA Feed (Liaoning) Co., Ltd
ABNA (Shanghai) Feed Co., Ltd 
AB World Foods Limited
ACH Food Companies, Inc.
Alimentos Capullo, S.de R.L.de C.V.
Anzchem Pty Limited
Bo Tian Sugar Industry Company Limited
British Sugar (Overseas) Limited
British Sugar plc
Casteggio Lieviti S.r.l.
Cereform Limited
Compañia Argentina de Levaduras S.A.I.C
Food Investments Limited
Foods International S.A.S.
G. Costa and Company Limited
George Weston Foods Limited
George Weston Foods (NZ) Limited 
Germain’s (UK) Limited
Guangxi Bo Hua Food Co., Ltd (71%)
Guangxi Boqing Food Co., Ltd (60%)
Guangxi Boxuan Food Co., Ltd (70%)
Harbin Mauri Yeast Co., Ltd (85%)
Hebei Mauri Food Co., Ltd

 Country of 
incorporation

UK
Spain
Brazil
Mexico
Germany
Finland
UK
Australia
Philippines
Thailand
China
Canada
US
Spain
India
Malaysia
Vietnam
US
China
China
UK
US
Mexico
Australia
China
UK
UK
Italy
UK
Argentina
UK
France
UK
Australia
New Zealand
UK
China
China
China
China
China

Manufacturing activities
Illovo Sugar Limited (51%)
Illovo Sugar (Malawi) Limited (39%)
Jacksons of Piccadilly Limited
Kilombero Sugar Company Limited (28%)
Maragra Acucar SARL (46%)
Mauri Fermentos II, SA (96%)
Mauri Maya Sanayi A.S.
Mauri Products Limited
Patak’s Foods Limited 
PGP International, Inc.
Premier Nutrition Products Limited
R. Twining and Company Limited
Shanghai AB Food & Beverages Co., Ltd
SPI Pharma Inc.
The Billington Food Group Limited
The Jordans & Ryvita Company Limited (73%)
Twinings North America Inc.
Ubombo Sugar Limited (31%)
Wander AG
Yeast Products Company
Zambia Sugar plc (42%)

Retailing activities
Lojas Primark Portugal-Exploracao, Gestao e 
Administracao de Espacos Comerciais S.A.

Primark
Primark Austria Ltd & Co.KG
Primark Deutschland GmbH
Primark Mode Ltd & Co.KG
Primark Netherlands BV
Primark NV
Primark Stores Limited
Primark Tiendas S.L.U.

Investment and other activities
AB Exploration Limited
ABF European Holdings & Co SNC
A.B.F. Holdings Limited
ABF Investments plc
ABF Overseas Limited
ABF (UK) Limited
Talisman Guernsey Limited

 Country of 
incorporation

South Africa
Malawi
UK
Tanzania
Mozambique
Portugal
Turkey
UK
UK
US
UK
UK
China
US
UK
UK
US
Swaziland
Switzerland
Republic of Ireland
Zambia

Portugal
Republic of Ireland
Austria
Germany
Germany
Netherlands
Belgium
UK
Spain

UK
Luxembourg
UK
UK
UK
UK
Guernsey, Channel Islands

The group’s interest in subsidiaries are all equity investments.

British Sugar (Overseas) Limited operates subsidiaries in Asia. Other than this company, each subsidiary operates mainly in its country  
of incorporation.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

28. Group entities continued 
Interest in joint ventures and associates
A list of the group’s significant interests in joint ventures and associates is given below: 

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
f
o
r
m
n
g
p
a
r
t
o
f

i

t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Joint ventures
Levaduras Collico S.A.
Roal Oy
Qingdao Xinghua Cereal Oil & Foodstuff Co., Ltd 
Frontier Agriculture Limited
Vivergo Fuels Limited
Stratas Foods LLC
Uniferm & Co. KG GmbH
Associates
C. Czarnikow Limited
Harper-Love Adhesives Corporation
New Food Coatings Pty Ltd
Murray Bridge Bacon Pty Ltd
Gledhow Sugar Company Limited

Country of
incorporation

Issued ordinary
share capital

Group %

Chile
Finland
China
UK
UK
US
Germany

UK
US
Australia
Australia
South Africa

CLP1,834,390,000
€3,196,000
CNY24,844,000
£36,000,104
£92,946,000
US$2
€2

£1,000,000
US$13,200
A$150,000
A$11,040,000
ZAR10,000

50
50
25
50
45
50
50

43
50
50
20
15

Each joint venture and associate carries out manufacturing and food processing activities and operates mainly in its country of incorporation.

The companies listed herein are those subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the 
directors, principally affected the figures shown in these annual accounts as a list of all group companies would result in information of 
excessive length being given. A full list of subsidiaries will be annexed to the next annual return of Associated British Foods plc delivered  
to the Registrar of Companies.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

at 15 September 2012

Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries

Current assets
Debtors
– due within one year
– due after one year
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Bank loans and overdrafts – unsecured
Other creditors

Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after one year
Bank loans – unsecured
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Net assets excluding pension liability
Net pension liability
Net assets

Capital and reserves
Issued share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Profit and loss reserve including pension reserve
Equity shareholders’ funds

Note

1
2

3
3

4

4

 5
 5
 5

2012
£m

24
640
664

3,232
1,113
162
4,507

(81)
(2,666)
(2,747)
1,760
2,424

(817)
(1,228)
(2,045)
379
(15)
364

45
2
317
364

2011
£m

29
633
662

3,268
1,208
3
4,479

(471)
(1,765)
(2,236)
2,243
2,905

(510)
(2,034)
(2,544)
361
(13)
348

45
2
301
348

The financial statements on pages 111 to 115 were approved by the board of directors on 6 November 2012 and were signed on  
its behalf by: 

111

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
s
h
e
e
t
/
R
e
c
o
n
c
i
l
i
a
t
i
o
n
o
f

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
s
i

n
e
q
u
i
t
y
s
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r
s
’

l

Charles Sinclair
Chairman

John Bason
Director

RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

Profit for the financial year
Net movement in own shares held
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends
Net increase in equity shareholders’ funds
Opening equity shareholders’ funds 
Closing equity shareholders’ funds

f
u
n
d
s

2012
£m
209
8
(1)
(200)
16
348
364

2011
£m
435
(8)
–
(190)
237
111
348

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
p
o

l
i
c
i
e
s

Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared under the historical cost convention, 
except that derivative financial instruments are stated at their fair value, and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting 
standards (UK GAAP) and the Companies Act 2006.

As permitted by section 408(4) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account for the Company has not been included in 
these financial statements. As permitted by FRS 1, no cash flow statement for the Company has been included on the grounds that the 
group includes the Company in its own published consolidated financial statements. As permitted by FRS 8, no related party disclosures  
in respect of transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries have been included.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in FRS 25 Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation, not to prepare a note  
to the financial statements relating to financial instruments as the information is available in the published financial statements of the group.

Intangible assets – goodwill
Intangible assets consist of goodwill arising on acquisitions since 17 September 1998, being the excess of the fair value of the purchase 
consideration of businesses over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is capitalised in accordance with FRS 10 and amortised  
over its useful life, not exceeding 20 years. Goodwill previously written off against reserves has not been reinstated.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are reported at cost less any provision for impairment.

Financial instruments
All financial assets and financial liabilities are measured initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter  
at amortised cost. 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The Company operates defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. Contributions to the defined contribution scheme are 
charged to the profit and loss account as they become payable. The principal defined benefit scheme is a multi-employer scheme and the 
Company is unable to identify its share of underlying assets and liabilities on a consistent and reasonable basis. Hence, contributions to this 
scheme are accounted for as if they were contributions to a defined contribution scheme. The Company has one small unfunded defined 
benefit scheme which it accounts for in accordance with FRS 17 using the advice of professional actuaries. The amount charged to the 
profit and loss account is the cost of benefits accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements granted to members 
during the year. It also includes a charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities over the year. The present value of plan liabilities  
is disclosed as a liability on the balance sheet net of any related deferred tax.

Share-based payments
The Share Incentive Plan allows employees of the Company to receive allocations of shares to be distributed subject to attainment of 
certain financial performance criteria and typically after a three-year performance period. The fair value of the shares to be awarded is 
recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over  
the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the shares. The fair value of the shares allocated is measured 
taking into account the terms and conditions under which the shares were allocated. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted  
to reflect the actual number of shares that vest.

Where the Company grants allocations of shares to employees of its subsidiaries, these are accounted for on the same basis as for 
allocations to employees of the Company, except that the fair value is recognised as an increase to investment in subsidiaries with 
a corresponding increase in reserves.

The Executive Share Option Scheme (2000) allows executives to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of options granted is 
recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over  
the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured 
using a binomial lattice model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised 
as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is only due to share prices not 
achieving the threshold for vesting.

Shares in the Company are held in a separate trust and are deducted in arriving at equity shareholders’ funds.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

113

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

1. Intangible assets – goodwill

Cost
At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012
Amortisation 
At 17 September 2011
Provided during the year
At 15 September 2012
Net book value
Net book value at 17 September 2011
Net book value at 15 September 2012

2. Investments in subsidiaries

At 17 September 2011
Additions
At 15 September 2012

£m

71

42
5
47 

29
 24

£m
633
7
640

The additions relate to the allocation of shares under the Share Incentive Plan to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries.

There were no provisions for impairment in either year.

3. Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Other debtors
Corporation tax recoverable

Amounts falling due after one year
Amounts owed by subsidiaries

The directors consider that the carrying amount of debtors approximates their fair value. 

4. Other creditors

Amounts falling due within one year
Other taxation and social security
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Amounts falling due after one year
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

The directors consider that the carrying amount of creditors approximates their fair value.

2012
£m

3,213
6
13
3,232

2011
£m

3,228
12
28
3,268

1,113

1,208

2012
£m

1
35
2,630
2,666

2011
£m

1
16
1,748
1,765

1,228

2,034

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012

5. Capital and reserves

Issued and fully paid
At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012

 Ordinary
shares of
515⁄22p 
 each 
 000 

 Nominal 
 value
 £m 

791,674

45

At 15 September 2012, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 791,674,183 ordinary shares at 515/22p each, carrying one vote 
per share. 

At 17 September 2011
Profit for the year
Net movement in own shares held
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends
At 15 September 2012

Share capital
£m
 45
–
–
–
–
45

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
2
–
–
–
–
2

Profit and
loss reserve
£m
301
209
8
(1)
(200)
317

Total
£m
348
209
8
(1)
(200)
364

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve arose following redemption of two million £1 deferred shares at par in 2010.

Dividends
Details of dividends paid and proposed are provided in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Own shares held reserve and share-based payments
Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the Executive Share Option Scheme 2000, or subject to allocation under the 
Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003, are held in a separate Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust. The Trust is 
funded by the Company. Voting rights attached to shares held by the Trust are exercisable by the trustee, who is entitled to consider any 
recommendation made by a committee of the Company. At 15 September 2012, the Trust held 2,769,023 (2011 – 3,815,490) ordinary 
shares of the Company. The market value of these shares at the year end was £35m (2011 – £43m). The Trust has waived its right to 
dividends. Refer to note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for further information on the group and Company’s share-based 
payment plans.

6. Contingent liabilities
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its group,  
the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The guarantee contract is treated as a 
contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

The Company has provided £107m of guarantees in the ordinary course of business as at 15 September 2012 (2011 – £57m).

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7. Related parties
The Company has a controlling related party relationship with its parent company, Wittington Investments Limited, which is also its ultimate 
parent company. The Company also has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and directors. In the 
course of normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the Company have been contracted on an arm’s length basis.

Material transactions and year end balances with related parties (excluding wholly-owned subsidiaries) were as follows:

Charges to Wittington Investments Limited in respect of services provided by the Company
Charges to a fellow subsidiary
Dividends paid by the Company and received in a beneficial capacity by:
(i)  
(ii)   directors of Wittington Investments Limited who are not trustees of the Foundation
(iii) 

 directors of the Company who are not trustees of the Foundation and are not directors  
of Wittington Investments Limited

trustees of the Garfield Weston Foundation

(iv)  a member of the Weston family employed within the Associated British Foods group
Charges to non-wholly owned subsidiaries
Interest income earned from non-wholly owned subsidiaries
Interest paid to non-wholly owned subsidiaries
Amounts due from non-wholly owned subsidiaries
Amounts due to non-wholly owned subsidiaries

Sub note

1

1
1

1
1
2
2
2
2
2

2012
£000
330
48

7,143
1,120

21
746
929
568
330
58,475
33,700

2011
£000
249
–

6,960
952

18
706
844
50
–
973
9

1.  Details of the nature of the relationships with these bodies are set out in note 27 of the consolidated financial statements.
2.   Details of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are set out in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements.

8. Other information
Emoluments of directors
The remuneration of the directors of the Company is shown in the Remuneration report for the group on page 58.

Employees
The Company had an average of 116 employees in 2012 (2011 – 109).

The Company is a member of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme, providing benefits based on final pensionable pay. Because 
the Company is unable to identify its share of the scheme’s assets and liabilities on a consistent basis, as permitted by FRS 17, the scheme 
is accounted for by the Company as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

On 30 September 2002 the scheme was closed to new members, with defined contribution arrangements introduced for these members. 
For the defined contribution scheme, the pension costs are the contributions payable.

The last actuarial valuation of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2011. At the valuation date the 
total market value of the assets of the scheme was £2,559m and represented 101% of the benefits that had accrued to members after 
allowing for expected future increases in earnings. By agreement with the trustees the Company agreed to eliminate the deficit identified  
at the time of the triennial actuarial valuation of the Scheme in 2008 with five annual payments of £30m. The fourth of these payments was 
made in March 2012, and although the fund was in surplus at the time of the most recent valuation, the Company has agreed to make the 
final payment in March 2013.

The particulars of the actuarial valuation of the scheme are contained in note 12 in the consolidated financial statements. There is  
no material difference in the valuation methodologies under IAS 19 and FRS 17.

Auditors’ fees
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of the group provides details of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors on  
a group basis.

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

PROGRESS REPORT

Saturday nearest to 15 September 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

|

P
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
r
e
p
o
r
t
/
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
d
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
y

2008
£m
8,235
664
(46)
(74)
10
–
5
21
(74)
21
527
(136)
391

45.2
54.9
20.25

2009
£m
9,255
720
–
(82)
(1)
(12)
(65)
17
(95)
13
495
(112)
383

45.5
57.7
21.0

2010
£m
10,167 
909
– 
(81) 
 (9)
 –
28 
12 
(88) 
 (8)
 763
(194) 
 569

69.3 
72.2 
23.8

2011
£m
11,065
920
–
(83)
5
–
–
9
(101)
7
757
(180)
577

68.7
74.0
24.75

2012
£m
12,252
1,077
(98)
(100)
(6)
–
(9)
9
(114)
2
761
(178)
583

70.3
87.2
28.50

Brokers
Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited 
One Cabot Square  
London E14 4QJ 

Panmure Gordon & Co  
One New Change  
London EC4M 9AF 

Timetable
Interim dividend paid  
6 July 2012

Final dividend to be paid  
11 January 2013

Annual general meeting  
7 December 2012

Interim results to be announced  
23 April 2013 

Website
www.abf.co.uk 

Revenue
Adjusted operating profit
Exceptional items
Amortisation of non-operating intangibles
Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets
Inventory fair value adjustment
Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses
Finance income
Finance expense
Other financial income/(expense)
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit for the period

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Adjusted earnings per share (pence)
Dividends per share (pence)

COMPANY DIRECTORY

Associated British Foods plc
Registered office 
Weston Centre 
10 Grosvenor Street 
London W1K 4QY 

Company registered in England, number 293262 

Company Secretary
Paul Lister 

Registrars and transfer office
Equiniti 
Aspect House  
Spencer Road  
Lancing BN99 6DA 

Auditors
KPMG Audit Plc Chartered Accountants

Bankers
Barclays Bank plc 
Lloyds Banking Group plc  
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
This report contains forward-looking statements. These have been made by the 
directors in good faith based on the information available to them up to the time  
of their approval of this report. The directors can give no assurance that these 
expectations will prove to have been correct. Due to the inherent uncertainties, 
including both economic and business risk factors underlying such forward-looking 
information, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by 
these forward-looking statements. The directors undertake no obligation to update 
any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future 
events or otherwise.

Design and production 
C O N R A N   D E S I G N   G R O U P

Photography 
Igor Emmerich 
Chris Horwood 
Alex Wilson

Print
Printed by Park Communications on FSC® certified paper.

Park is an EMAS certified CarbonNeutral ® Company and its Environmental 
Management System is certified to ISO14001. 100% of the inks used are vegetable 
oil based, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 
99% of any waste associated with this production will be recycled.

This document is printed on Revive 50:50 White Silk, a paper containing 50% 
recycled fibre (25% post consumer waste and 25% pre consumer waste) and 50% 
virgin fibre sourced from well managed, sustainable, FSC certified forests. The pulp 
used in this product is bleached using an elemental chlorine free (TCF) process.

The unavoidable carbon emissions generated during the manufacture and 
delivery of this document, have been reduced to net zero through a verified 
carbon offsetting project.

 
ASSOCIATED BRITISH FOODS PLC

Weston Centre 
10 Grosvenor Street 
London 
W1K 4QY

Tel  + 44 (0) 20 7399 6500 
Fax + 44 (0) 20 7399 6580
For an accessible version  
of the Annual Report  
and Accounts please visit 
www.abf.co.uk